]> git.ipfire.org Git - thirdparty/binutils-gdb.git/blame - gas/doc/as.texi
IBM zSystems: Add support for z16 as CPU name.
[thirdparty/binutils-gdb.git] / gas / doc / as.texi
CommitLineData
252b5132 1\input texinfo @c -*-Texinfo-*-
a2c58332 2@c Copyright (C) 1991-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
252b5132
RH
3@c UPDATE!! On future updates--
4@c (1) check for new machine-dep cmdline options in
5@c md_parse_option definitions in config/tc-*.c
6@c (2) for platform-specific directives, examine md_pseudo_op
7@c in config/tc-*.c
8@c (3) for object-format specific directives, examine obj_pseudo_op
01642c12 9@c in config/obj-*.c
252b5132
RH
10@c (4) portable directives in potable[] in read.c
11@c %**start of header
12@setfilename as.info
13@c ---config---
a4fb0134
SC
14@macro gcctabopt{body}
15@code{\body\}
16@end macro
252b5132
RH
17@c defaults, config file may override:
18@set have-stabs
19@c ---
4a4c4a1d
MR
20@c man begin NAME
21@c ---
252b5132 22@include asconfig.texi
c428fa83 23@include bfdver.texi
252b5132 24@c ---
0285c67d 25@c man end
4a4c4a1d 26@c ---
252b5132 27@c common OR combinations of conditions
c1253627
NC
28@ifset COFF
29@set COFF-ELF
30@end ifset
31@ifset ELF
32@set COFF-ELF
33@end ifset
252b5132 34@ifset AOUT
a8eb42a8 35@set aout
252b5132
RH
36@end ifset
37@ifset ARM/Thumb
38@set ARM
39@end ifset
9982501a
JZ
40@ifset Blackfin
41@set Blackfin
42@end ifset
f8861f5d
JM
43@ifset BPF
44@set BPF
45@end ifset
252b5132
RH
46@ifset H8/300
47@set H8
48@end ifset
252b5132
RH
49@ifset SH
50@set H8
51@end ifset
52@ifset HPPA
53@set abnormal-separator
54@end ifset
55@c ------------
56@ifset GENERIC
57@settitle Using @value{AS}
58@end ifset
59@ifclear GENERIC
60@settitle Using @value{AS} (@value{TARGET})
61@end ifclear
62@setchapternewpage odd
63@c %**end of header
64
65@c @smallbook
66@c @set SMALL
67@c WARE! Some of the machine-dependent sections contain tables of machine
68@c instructions. Except in multi-column format, these tables look silly.
69@c Unfortunately, Texinfo doesn't have a general-purpose multi-col format, so
70@c the multi-col format is faked within @example sections.
01642c12 71@c
252b5132
RH
72@c Again unfortunately, the natural size that fits on a page, for these tables,
73@c is different depending on whether or not smallbook is turned on.
74@c This matters, because of order: text flow switches columns at each page
75@c break.
01642c12 76@c
252b5132
RH
77@c The format faked in this source works reasonably well for smallbook,
78@c not well for the default large-page format. This manual expects that if you
79@c turn on @smallbook, you will also uncomment the "@set SMALL" to enable the
80@c tables in question. You can turn on one without the other at your
01642c12 81@c discretion, of course.
252b5132
RH
82@ifinfo
83@set SMALL
84@c the insn tables look just as silly in info files regardless of smallbook,
85@c might as well show 'em anyways.
86@end ifinfo
87
9160ea82
AM
88@ifnottex
89@dircategory Software development
90@direntry
252b5132 91* As: (as). The GNU assembler.
59455fb1 92* Gas: (as). The GNU assembler.
9160ea82
AM
93@end direntry
94@end ifnottex
252b5132
RH
95
96@finalout
97@syncodeindex ky cp
98
0e9517a9 99@copying
252b5132
RH
100This file documents the GNU Assembler "@value{AS}".
101
0285c67d 102@c man begin COPYRIGHT
a2c58332 103Copyright @copyright{} 1991-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
252b5132 104
0285c67d 105Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
793c5807 106under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.3
0285c67d
NC
107or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation;
108with no Invariant Sections, with no Front-Cover Texts, and with no
109Back-Cover Texts. A copy of the license is included in the
c1253627 110section entitled ``GNU Free Documentation License''.
0285c67d
NC
111
112@c man end
0e9517a9 113@end copying
252b5132
RH
114
115@titlepage
116@title Using @value{AS}
117@subtitle The @sc{gnu} Assembler
118@ifclear GENERIC
119@subtitle for the @value{TARGET} family
120@end ifclear
e49e529d
JM
121@ifset VERSION_PACKAGE
122@sp 1
123@subtitle @value{VERSION_PACKAGE}
124@end ifset
252b5132
RH
125@sp 1
126@subtitle Version @value{VERSION}
127@sp 1
128@sp 13
b45619c0 129The Free Software Foundation Inc.@: thanks The Nice Computer
252b5132 130Company of Australia for loaning Dean Elsner to write the
a4fb0134 131first (Vax) version of @command{as} for Project @sc{gnu}.
252b5132
RH
132The proprietors, management and staff of TNCCA thank FSF for
133distracting the boss while they got some work
134done.
135@sp 3
136@author Dean Elsner, Jay Fenlason & friends
137@page
138@tex
139{\parskip=0pt
140\hfill {\it Using {\tt @value{AS}}}\par
141\hfill Edited by Cygnus Support\par
142}
143%"boxit" macro for figures:
144%Modified from Knuth's ``boxit'' macro from TeXbook (answer to exercise 21.3)
145\gdef\boxit#1#2{\vbox{\hrule\hbox{\vrule\kern3pt
146 \vbox{\parindent=0pt\parskip=0pt\hsize=#1\kern3pt\strut\hfil
147#2\hfil\strut\kern3pt}\kern3pt\vrule}\hrule}}%box with visible outline
148\gdef\ibox#1#2{\hbox to #1{#2\hfil}\kern8pt}% invisible box
149@end tex
150
151@vskip 0pt plus 1filll
a2c58332 152Copyright @copyright{} 1991-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
252b5132 153
cf055d54 154 Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
793c5807 155 under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.3
cf055d54
NC
156 or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation;
157 with no Invariant Sections, with no Front-Cover Texts, and with no
158 Back-Cover Texts. A copy of the license is included in the
c1253627 159 section entitled ``GNU Free Documentation License''.
252b5132 160
252b5132 161@end titlepage
4ecceb71 162@contents
252b5132 163
2e64b665 164@ifnottex
252b5132
RH
165@node Top
166@top Using @value{AS}
167
e49e529d
JM
168This file is a user guide to the @sc{gnu} assembler @command{@value{AS}}
169@ifset VERSION_PACKAGE
170@value{VERSION_PACKAGE}
171@end ifset
172version @value{VERSION}.
252b5132 173@ifclear GENERIC
a4fb0134 174This version of the file describes @command{@value{AS}} configured to generate
252b5132
RH
175code for @value{TARGET} architectures.
176@end ifclear
cf055d54
NC
177
178This document is distributed under the terms of the GNU Free
179Documentation License. A copy of the license is included in the
c1253627 180section entitled ``GNU Free Documentation License''.
cf055d54 181
252b5132
RH
182@menu
183* Overview:: Overview
184* Invoking:: Command-Line Options
185* Syntax:: Syntax
186* Sections:: Sections and Relocation
187* Symbols:: Symbols
188* Expressions:: Expressions
189* Pseudo Ops:: Assembler Directives
3a99f02f
DJ
190@ifset ELF
191* Object Attributes:: Object Attributes
192@end ifset
252b5132
RH
193* Machine Dependencies:: Machine Dependent Features
194* Reporting Bugs:: Reporting Bugs
195* Acknowledgements:: Who Did What
cf055d54 196* GNU Free Documentation License:: GNU Free Documentation License
28c9d252 197* AS Index:: AS Index
252b5132 198@end menu
2e64b665 199@end ifnottex
252b5132
RH
200
201@node Overview
202@chapter Overview
203@iftex
a4fb0134 204This manual is a user guide to the @sc{gnu} assembler @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132 205@ifclear GENERIC
a4fb0134 206This version of the manual describes @command{@value{AS}} configured to generate
252b5132
RH
207code for @value{TARGET} architectures.
208@end ifclear
209@end iftex
210
211@cindex invocation summary
212@cindex option summary
213@cindex summary of options
a4fb0134 214Here is a brief summary of how to invoke @command{@value{AS}}. For details,
96e9638b 215see @ref{Invoking,,Command-Line Options}.
252b5132 216
0285c67d
NC
217@c man title AS the portable GNU assembler.
218
a4fb0134 219@ignore
0285c67d
NC
220@c man begin SEEALSO
221gcc(1), ld(1), and the Info entries for @file{binutils} and @file{ld}.
222@c man end
a4fb0134 223@end ignore
0285c67d 224
252b5132
RH
225@c We don't use deffn and friends for the following because they seem
226@c to be limited to one line for the header.
227@smallexample
0285c67d 228@c man begin SYNOPSIS
83f10cb2 229@value{AS} [@b{-a}[@b{cdghlns}][=@var{file}]] [@b{--alternate}] [@b{-D}]
955974c6 230 [@b{--compress-debug-sections}] [@b{--nocompress-debug-sections}]
3d6b762c 231 [@b{--debug-prefix-map} @var{old}=@var{new}]
4bdd3565 232 [@b{--defsym} @var{sym}=@var{val}] [@b{-f}] [@b{-g}] [@b{--gstabs}]
31bf1864 233 [@b{--gstabs+}] [@b{--gdwarf-<N>}] [@b{--gdwarf-sections}]
66f8b2cb 234 [@b{--gdwarf-cie-version}=@var{VERSION}]
b40bf0a2 235 [@b{--help}] [@b{-I} @var{dir}] [@b{-J}]
4bdd3565
NC
236 [@b{-K}] [@b{-L}] [@b{--listing-lhs-width}=@var{NUM}]
237 [@b{--listing-lhs-width2}=@var{NUM}] [@b{--listing-rhs-width}=@var{NUM}]
d60646b9 238 [@b{--listing-cont-lines}=@var{NUM}] [@b{--keep-locals}]
2edb36e7 239 [@b{--no-pad-sections}]
d60646b9 240 [@b{-o} @var{objfile}] [@b{-R}]
d60646b9
NC
241 [@b{--statistics}]
242 [@b{-v}] [@b{-version}] [@b{--version}]
243 [@b{-W}] [@b{--warn}] [@b{--fatal-warnings}] [@b{-w}] [@b{-x}]
244 [@b{-Z}] [@b{@@@var{FILE}}]
451133ce 245 [@b{--sectname-subst}] [@b{--size-check=[error|warning]}]
b8871f35 246 [@b{--elf-stt-common=[no|yes]}]
0df8ad28 247 [@b{--generate-missing-build-notes=[no|yes]}]
578c64a4 248 [@b{--multibyte-handling=[allow|warn|warn-sym-only]}]
a0b7da79
MM
249 [@b{--target-help}] [@var{target-options}]
250 [@b{--}|@var{files} @dots{}]
a4fb0134 251@c
6387924a 252@c man end
a4fb0134 253@c Target dependent options are listed below. Keep the list sorted.
01642c12 254@c Add an empty line for separation.
6387924a 255@c man begin TARGET
a06ea964
NC
256@ifset AARCH64
257
258@emph{Target AArch64 options:}
259 [@b{-EB}|@b{-EL}]
69091a2c 260 [@b{-mabi}=@var{ABI}]
a06ea964 261@end ifset
625e1353
RH
262@ifset ALPHA
263
264@emph{Target Alpha options:}
265 [@b{-m@var{cpu}}]
266 [@b{-mdebug} | @b{-no-mdebug}]
198f1251 267 [@b{-replace} | @b{-noreplace}]
625e1353
RH
268 [@b{-relax}] [@b{-g}] [@b{-G@var{size}}]
269 [@b{-F}] [@b{-32addr}]
270@end ifset
252b5132 271@ifset ARC
a4fb0134
SC
272
273@emph{Target ARC options:}
886a2506
NC
274 [@b{-mcpu=@var{cpu}}]
275 [@b{-mA6}|@b{-mARC600}|@b{-mARC601}|@b{-mA7}|@b{-mARC700}|@b{-mEM}|@b{-mHS}]
276 [@b{-mcode-density}]
4670103e 277 [@b{-mrelax}]
a4fb0134 278 [@b{-EB}|@b{-EL}]
252b5132
RH
279@end ifset
280@ifset ARM
a4fb0134
SC
281
282@emph{Target ARM options:}
03b1477f 283@c Don't document the deprecated options
92081f48
HPN
284 [@b{-mcpu}=@var{processor}[+@var{extension}@dots{}]]
285 [@b{-march}=@var{architecture}[+@var{extension}@dots{}]]
33a392fb
PB
286 [@b{-mfpu}=@var{floating-point-format}]
287 [@b{-mfloat-abi}=@var{abi}]
d507cf36 288 [@b{-meabi}=@var{ver}]
03b1477f 289 [@b{-mthumb}]
a4fb0134
SC
290 [@b{-EB}|@b{-EL}]
291 [@b{-mapcs-32}|@b{-mapcs-26}|@b{-mapcs-float}|
292 @b{-mapcs-reentrant}]
7f266840 293 [@b{-mthumb-interwork}] [@b{-k}]
252b5132 294@end ifset
9982501a
JZ
295@ifset Blackfin
296
297@emph{Target Blackfin options:}
298 [@b{-mcpu}=@var{processor}[-@var{sirevision}]]
299 [@b{-mfdpic}]
300 [@b{-mno-fdpic}]
301 [@b{-mnopic}]
302@end ifset
f8861f5d
JM
303@ifset BPF
304
305@emph{Target BPF options:}
306 [@b{-EL}] [@b{-EB}]
307@end ifset
328eb32e
HPN
308@ifset CRIS
309
310@emph{Target CRIS options:}
311 [@b{--underscore} | @b{--no-underscore}]
312 [@b{--pic}] [@b{-N}]
313 [@b{--emulation=criself} | @b{--emulation=crisaout}]
ae57792d 314 [@b{--march=v0_v10} | @b{--march=v10} | @b{--march=v32} | @b{--march=common_v10_v32}]
328eb32e
HPN
315@c Deprecated -- deliberately not documented.
316@c [@b{-h}] [@b{-H}]
317@end ifset
b8891f8d
AJ
318@ifset CSKY
319
320@emph{Target C-SKY options:}
321 [@b{-march=@var{arch}}] [@b{-mcpu=@var{cpu}}]
322 [@b{-EL}] [@b{-mlittle-endian}] [@b{-EB}] [@b{-mbig-endian}]
323 [@b{-fpic}] [@b{-pic}]
324 [@b{-mljump}] [@b{-mno-ljump}]
325 [@b{-force2bsr}] [@b{-mforce2bsr}] [@b{-no-force2bsr}] [@b{-mno-force2bsr}]
326 [@b{-jsri2bsr}] [@b{-mjsri2bsr}] [@b{-no-jsri2bsr }] [@b{-mno-jsri2bsr}]
327 [@b{-mnolrw }] [@b{-mno-lrw}]
328 [@b{-melrw}] [@b{-mno-elrw}]
329 [@b{-mlaf }] [@b{-mliterals-after-func}]
330 [@b{-mno-laf}] [@b{-mno-literals-after-func}]
331 [@b{-mlabr}] [@b{-mliterals-after-br}]
332 [@b{-mno-labr}] [@b{-mnoliterals-after-br}]
333 [@b{-mistack}] [@b{-mno-istack}]
334 [@b{-mhard-float}] [@b{-mmp}] [@b{-mcp}] [@b{-mcache}]
335 [@b{-msecurity}] [@b{-mtrust}]
336 [@b{-mdsp}] [@b{-medsp}] [@b{-mvdsp}]
337@end ifset
252b5132 338@ifset D10V
a4fb0134
SC
339
340@emph{Target D10V options:}
341 [@b{-O}]
252b5132
RH
342@end ifset
343@ifset D30V
a4fb0134
SC
344
345@emph{Target D30V options:}
346 [@b{-O}|@b{-n}|@b{-N}]
252b5132 347@end ifset
cfb8c092
NC
348@ifset EPIPHANY
349
350@emph{Target EPIPHANY options:}
351 [@b{-mepiphany}|@b{-mepiphany16}]
352@end ifset
252b5132 353@ifset H8
6fd4f6cc
DD
354
355@emph{Target H8/300 options:}
356 [-h-tick-hex]
252b5132
RH
357@end ifset
358@ifset HPPA
359@c HPPA has no machine-dependent assembler options (yet).
360@end ifset
a4fb0134
SC
361@ifset I80386
362
363@emph{Target i386 options:}
542385d9 364 [@b{--32}|@b{--x32}|@b{--64}] [@b{-n}]
1ef52f49 365 [@b{-march}=@var{CPU}[+@var{EXTENSION}@dots{}]] [@b{-mtune}=@var{CPU}]
252b5132 366@end ifset
587fe2b3 367@ifset IA64
a4fb0134 368
9e32ca89
NC
369@emph{Target IA-64 options:}
370 [@b{-mconstant-gp}|@b{-mauto-pic}]
371 [@b{-milp32}|@b{-milp64}|@b{-mlp64}|@b{-mp64}]
372 [@b{-mle}|@b{mbe}]
8c2fda1d 373 [@b{-mtune=itanium1}|@b{-mtune=itanium2}]
970d6792 374 [@b{-munwind-check=warning}|@b{-munwind-check=error}]
91d777ee 375 [@b{-mhint.b=ok}|@b{-mhint.b=warning}|@b{-mhint.b=error}]
9e32ca89
NC
376 [@b{-x}|@b{-xexplicit}] [@b{-xauto}] [@b{-xdebug}]
377@end ifset
a40cbfa3
NC
378@ifset IP2K
379
380@emph{Target IP2K options:}
381 [@b{-mip2022}|@b{-mip2022ext}]
382@end ifset
4462d7c4 383@ifset LOONGARCH
384
385@emph{Target LOONGARCH options:}
386 [@b{-fpic}|@b{-fPIC}|@b{-fno-pic}]
387@end ifset
49f58d10
JB
388@ifset M32C
389
390@emph{Target M32C options:}
c54b5932 391 [@b{-m32c}|@b{-m16c}] [-relax] [-h-tick-hex]
49f58d10 392@end ifset
587fe2b3 393@ifset M32R
9e32ca89 394
a4fb0134
SC
395@emph{Target M32R options:}
396 [@b{--m32rx}|@b{--[no-]warn-explicit-parallel-conflicts}|
587fe2b3 397 @b{--W[n]p}]
ec694b89 398@end ifset
252b5132 399@ifset M680X0
a4fb0134
SC
400
401@emph{Target M680X0 options:}
402 [@b{-l}] [@b{-m68000}|@b{-m68010}|@b{-m68020}|@dots{}]
252b5132 403@end ifset
60bcf0fa 404@ifset M68HC11
a4fb0134
SC
405
406@emph{Target M68HC11 options:}
6927f982 407 [@b{-m68hc11}|@b{-m68hc12}|@b{-m68hcs12}|@b{-mm9s12x}|@b{-mm9s12xg}]
2f904664
SC
408 [@b{-mshort}|@b{-mlong}]
409 [@b{-mshort-double}|@b{-mlong-double}]
1370e33d 410 [@b{--force-long-branches}] [@b{--short-branches}]
a4fb0134
SC
411 [@b{--strict-direct-mode}] [@b{--print-insn-syntax}]
412 [@b{--print-opcodes}] [@b{--generate-example}]
413@end ifset
414@ifset MCORE
415
416@emph{Target MCORE options:}
417 [@b{-jsri2bsr}] [@b{-sifilter}] [@b{-relax}]
418 [@b{-mcpu=[210|340]}]
60bcf0fa 419@end ifset
a3c62988
NC
420@ifset METAG
421
422@emph{Target Meta options:}
423 [@b{-mcpu=@var{cpu}}] [@b{-mfpu=@var{cpu}}] [@b{-mdsp=@var{cpu}}]
424@end ifset
7ba29e2a
NC
425@ifset MICROBLAZE
426@emph{Target MICROBLAZE options:}
427@c MicroBlaze has no machine-dependent assembler options.
428@end ifset
252b5132 429@ifset MIPS
a4fb0134
SC
430
431@emph{Target MIPS options:}
78849248 432 [@b{-nocpp}] [@b{-EL}] [@b{-EB}] [@b{-O}[@var{optimization level}]]
437ee9d5 433 [@b{-g}[@var{debug level}]] [@b{-G} @var{num}] [@b{-KPIC}] [@b{-call_shared}]
0c000745 434 [@b{-non_shared}] [@b{-xgot} [@b{-mvxworks-pic}]
437ee9d5 435 [@b{-mabi}=@var{ABI}] [@b{-32}] [@b{-n32}] [@b{-64}] [@b{-mfp32}] [@b{-mgp32}]
351cdf24
MF
436 [@b{-mfp64}] [@b{-mgp64}] [@b{-mfpxx}]
437 [@b{-modd-spreg}] [@b{-mno-odd-spreg}]
437ee9d5 438 [@b{-march}=@var{CPU}] [@b{-mtune}=@var{CPU}] [@b{-mips1}] [@b{-mips2}]
af7ee8bf 439 [@b{-mips3}] [@b{-mips4}] [@b{-mips5}] [@b{-mips32}] [@b{-mips32r2}]
7361da2c
AB
440 [@b{-mips32r3}] [@b{-mips32r5}] [@b{-mips32r6}] [@b{-mips64}] [@b{-mips64r2}]
441 [@b{-mips64r3}] [@b{-mips64r5}] [@b{-mips64r6}]
437ee9d5 442 [@b{-construct-floats}] [@b{-no-construct-floats}]
8b10b0b3 443 [@b{-mignore-branch-isa}] [@b{-mno-ignore-branch-isa}]
ba92f887 444 [@b{-mnan=@var{encoding}}]
437ee9d5 445 [@b{-trap}] [@b{-no-break}] [@b{-break}] [@b{-no-trap}]
437ee9d5 446 [@b{-mips16}] [@b{-no-mips16}]
25499ac7 447 [@b{-mmips16e2}] [@b{-mno-mips16e2}]
df58fc94 448 [@b{-mmicromips}] [@b{-mno-micromips}]
e16bfa71 449 [@b{-msmartmips}] [@b{-mno-smartmips}]
1f25f5d3 450 [@b{-mips3d}] [@b{-no-mips3d}]
deec1734 451 [@b{-mdmx}] [@b{-no-mdmx}]
2ef2b9ae 452 [@b{-mdsp}] [@b{-mno-dsp}]
8b082fb1 453 [@b{-mdspr2}] [@b{-mno-dspr2}]
8f4f9071 454 [@b{-mdspr3}] [@b{-mno-dspr3}]
56d438b1 455 [@b{-mmsa}] [@b{-mno-msa}]
7d64c587 456 [@b{-mxpa}] [@b{-mno-xpa}]
ef2e4d86 457 [@b{-mmt}] [@b{-mno-mt}]
dec0624d 458 [@b{-mmcu}] [@b{-mno-mcu}]
730c3174 459 [@b{-mcrc}] [@b{-mno-crc}]
6f20c942 460 [@b{-mginv}] [@b{-mno-ginv}]
8095d2f7 461 [@b{-mloongson-mmi}] [@b{-mno-loongson-mmi}]
716c08de 462 [@b{-mloongson-cam}] [@b{-mno-loongson-cam}]
bdc6c06e 463 [@b{-mloongson-ext}] [@b{-mno-loongson-ext}]
a693765e 464 [@b{-mloongson-ext2}] [@b{-mno-loongson-ext2}]
833794fc 465 [@b{-minsn32}] [@b{-mno-insn32}]
2babba43 466 [@b{-mfix7000}] [@b{-mno-fix7000}]
a8d14a88 467 [@b{-mfix-rm7000}] [@b{-mno-fix-rm7000}]
2babba43
MR
468 [@b{-mfix-vr4120}] [@b{-mno-fix-vr4120}]
469 [@b{-mfix-vr4130}] [@b{-mno-fix-vr4130}]
27c634e0 470 [@b{-mfix-r5900}] [@b{-mno-fix-r5900}]
ecb4347a 471 [@b{-mdebug}] [@b{-no-mdebug}]
dcd410fe 472 [@b{-mpdr}] [@b{-mno-pdr}]
3c3bdf30
NC
473@end ifset
474@ifset MMIX
a4fb0134
SC
475
476@emph{Target MMIX options:}
477 [@b{--fixed-special-register-names}] [@b{--globalize-symbols}]
478 [@b{--gnu-syntax}] [@b{--relax}] [@b{--no-predefined-symbols}]
479 [@b{--no-expand}] [@b{--no-merge-gregs}] [@b{-x}]
973eb340 480 [@b{--linker-allocated-gregs}]
a4fb0134 481@end ifset
36591ba1
SL
482@ifset NIOSII
483
484@emph{Target Nios II options:}
485 [@b{-relax-all}] [@b{-relax-section}] [@b{-no-relax}]
486 [@b{-EB}] [@b{-EL}]
487@end ifset
35c08157
KLC
488@ifset NDS32
489
490@emph{Target NDS32 options:}
491 [@b{-EL}] [@b{-EB}] [@b{-O}] [@b{-Os}] [@b{-mcpu=@var{cpu}}]
492 [@b{-misa=@var{isa}}] [@b{-mabi=@var{abi}}] [@b{-mall-ext}]
493 [@b{-m[no-]16-bit}] [@b{-m[no-]perf-ext}] [@b{-m[no-]perf2-ext}]
494 [@b{-m[no-]string-ext}] [@b{-m[no-]dsp-ext}] [@b{-m[no-]mac}] [@b{-m[no-]div}]
495 [@b{-m[no-]audio-isa-ext}] [@b{-m[no-]fpu-sp-ext}] [@b{-m[no-]fpu-dp-ext}]
496 [@b{-m[no-]fpu-fma}] [@b{-mfpu-freg=@var{FREG}}] [@b{-mreduced-regs}]
497 [@b{-mfull-regs}] [@b{-m[no-]dx-regs}] [@b{-mpic}] [@b{-mno-relax}]
498 [@b{-mb2bb}]
499@end ifset
1f041c6e
SH
500@ifset OPENRISC
501@c OpenRISC has no machine-dependent assembler options.
502@end ifset
a4fb0134
SC
503@ifset PDP11
504
505@emph{Target PDP11 options:}
506 [@b{-mpic}|@b{-mno-pic}] [@b{-mall}] [@b{-mno-extensions}]
507 [@b{-m}@var{extension}|@b{-mno-}@var{extension}]
01642c12 508 [@b{-m}@var{cpu}] [@b{-m}@var{machine}]
a4fb0134
SC
509@end ifset
510@ifset PJ
511
512@emph{Target picoJava options:}
513 [@b{-mb}|@b{-me}]
514@end ifset
515@ifset PPC
516
517@emph{Target PowerPC options:}
b8b738ac
AM
518 [@b{-a32}|@b{-a64}]
519 [@b{-mpwrx}|@b{-mpwr2}|@b{-mpwr}|@b{-m601}|@b{-mppc}|@b{-mppc32}|@b{-m603}|@b{-m604}|@b{-m403}|@b{-m405}|
fa758a70
AC
520 @b{-m440}|@b{-m464}|@b{-m476}|@b{-m7400}|@b{-m7410}|@b{-m7450}|@b{-m7455}|@b{-m750cl}|@b{-mgekko}|
521 @b{-mbroadway}|@b{-mppc64}|@b{-m620}|@b{-me500}|@b{-e500x2}|@b{-me500mc}|@b{-me500mc64}|@b{-me5500}|
522 @b{-me6500}|@b{-mppc64bridge}|@b{-mbooke}|@b{-mpower4}|@b{-mpwr4}|@b{-mpower5}|@b{-mpwr5}|@b{-mpwr5x}|
523 @b{-mpower6}|@b{-mpwr6}|@b{-mpower7}|@b{-mpwr7}|@b{-mpower8}|@b{-mpwr8}|@b{-mpower9}|@b{-mpwr9}@b{-ma2}|
74081948 524 @b{-mcell}|@b{-mspe}|@b{-mspe2}|@b{-mtitan}|@b{-me300}|@b{-mcom}]
5817ffd1 525 [@b{-many}] [@b{-maltivec}|@b{-mvsx}|@b{-mhtm}|@b{-mvle}]
a4fb0134 526 [@b{-mregnames}|@b{-mno-regnames}]
b8b738ac
AM
527 [@b{-mrelocatable}|@b{-mrelocatable-lib}|@b{-K PIC}] [@b{-memb}]
528 [@b{-mlittle}|@b{-mlittle-endian}|@b{-le}|@b{-mbig}|@b{-mbig-endian}|@b{-be}]
a4fb0134 529 [@b{-msolaris}|@b{-mno-solaris}]
b8b738ac 530 [@b{-nops=@var{count}}]
a4fb0134 531@end ifset
93f11b16
DD
532@ifset PRU
533
534@emph{Target PRU options:}
535 [@b{-link-relax}]
536 [@b{-mnolink-relax}]
537 [@b{-mno-warn-regname-label}]
538@end ifset
b57e49f7
JW
539@ifset RISCV
540
541@emph{Target RISC-V options:}
542 [@b{-fpic}|@b{-fPIC}|@b{-fno-pic}]
543 [@b{-march}=@var{ISA}]
544 [@b{-mabi}=@var{ABI}]
286d2f2c 545 [@b{-mlittle-endian}|@b{-mbig-endian}]
b57e49f7 546@end ifset
856ea05c
KP
547@ifset RL78
548
549@emph{Target RL78 options:}
550 [@b{-mg10}]
551 [@b{-m32bit-doubles}|@b{-m64bit-doubles}]
552@end ifset
c7927a3c
NC
553@ifset RX
554
555@emph{Target RX options:}
556 [@b{-mlittle-endian}|@b{-mbig-endian}]
c7927a3c 557 [@b{-m32bit-doubles}|@b{-m64bit-doubles}]
708e2187
NC
558 [@b{-muse-conventional-section-names}]
559 [@b{-msmall-data-limit}]
560 [@b{-mpid}]
561 [@b{-mrelax}]
562 [@b{-mint-register=@var{number}}]
563 [@b{-mgcc-abi}|@b{-mrx-abi}]
c7927a3c 564@end ifset
11c19e16
MS
565@ifset S390
566
567@emph{Target s390 options:}
568 [@b{-m31}|@b{-m64}] [@b{-mesa}|@b{-mzarch}] [@b{-march}=@var{CPU}]
569 [@b{-mregnames}|@b{-mno-regnames}]
570 [@b{-mwarn-areg-zero}]
571@end ifset
c3b7224a
NC
572@ifset SCORE
573
574@emph{Target SCORE options:}
575 [@b{-EB}][@b{-EL}][@b{-FIXDD}][@b{-NWARN}]
576 [@b{-SCORE5}][@b{-SCORE5U}][@b{-SCORE7}][@b{-SCORE3}]
577 [@b{-march=score7}][@b{-march=score3}]
578 [@b{-USE_R1}][@b{-KPIC}][@b{-O0}][@b{-G} @var{num}][@b{-V}]
579@end ifset
a4fb0134
SC
580@ifset SPARC
581
582@emph{Target SPARC options:}
583@c The order here is important. See c-sparc.texi.
46a2d504
JM
584 [@b{-Av6}|@b{-Av7}|@b{-Av8}|@b{-Aleon}|@b{-Asparclet}|@b{-Asparclite}
585 @b{-Av8plus}|@b{-Av8plusa}|@b{-Av8plusb}|@b{-Av8plusc}|@b{-Av8plusd}
586 @b{-Av8plusv}|@b{-Av8plusm}|@b{-Av9}|@b{-Av9a}|@b{-Av9b}|@b{-Av9c}
587 @b{-Av9d}|@b{-Av9e}|@b{-Av9v}|@b{-Av9m}|@b{-Asparc}|@b{-Asparcvis}
588 @b{-Asparcvis2}|@b{-Asparcfmaf}|@b{-Asparcima}|@b{-Asparcvis3}
589 @b{-Asparcvisr}|@b{-Asparc5}]
590 [@b{-xarch=v8plus}|@b{-xarch=v8plusa}]|@b{-xarch=v8plusb}|@b{-xarch=v8plusc}
591 @b{-xarch=v8plusd}|@b{-xarch=v8plusv}|@b{-xarch=v8plusm}|@b{-xarch=v9}
592 @b{-xarch=v9a}|@b{-xarch=v9b}|@b{-xarch=v9c}|@b{-xarch=v9d}|@b{-xarch=v9e}
593 @b{-xarch=v9v}|@b{-xarch=v9m}|@b{-xarch=sparc}|@b{-xarch=sparcvis}
594 @b{-xarch=sparcvis2}|@b{-xarch=sparcfmaf}|@b{-xarch=sparcima}
595 @b{-xarch=sparcvis3}|@b{-xarch=sparcvisr}|@b{-xarch=sparc5}
596 @b{-bump}]
a4fb0134 597 [@b{-32}|@b{-64}]
46a2d504 598 [@b{--enforce-aligned-data}][@b{--dcti-couples-detect}]
a4fb0134
SC
599@end ifset
600@ifset TIC54X
601
602@emph{Target TIC54X options:}
01642c12 603 [@b{-mcpu=54[123589]}|@b{-mcpu=54[56]lp}] [@b{-mfar-mode}|@b{-mf}]
a4fb0134
SC
604 [@b{-merrors-to-file} @var{<filename>}|@b{-me} @var{<filename>}]
605@end ifset
40b36596
JM
606@ifset TIC6X
607
608@emph{Target TIC6X options:}
98d23bef
BS
609 [@b{-march=@var{arch}}] [@b{-mbig-endian}|@b{-mlittle-endian}]
610 [@b{-mdsbt}|@b{-mno-dsbt}] [@b{-mpid=no}|@b{-mpid=near}|@b{-mpid=far}]
611 [@b{-mpic}|@b{-mno-pic}]
40b36596 612@end ifset
aa137e4d
NC
613@ifset TILEGX
614
615@emph{Target TILE-Gx options:}
fb6cedde 616 [@b{-m32}|@b{-m64}][@b{-EB}][@b{-EL}]
aa137e4d
NC
617@end ifset
618@ifset TILEPRO
619@c TILEPro has no machine-dependent assembler options
620@end ifset
b6605ddd 621@ifset VISIUM
40b36596 622
b6605ddd
EB
623@emph{Target Visium options:}
624 [@b{-mtune=@var{arch}}]
625@end ifset
2d8b84ae
SA
626@ifset XTENSA
627
628@emph{Target Xtensa options:}
b46824bd
MF
629 [@b{--[no-]text-section-literals}] [@b{--[no-]auto-litpools}]
630 [@b{--[no-]absolute-literals}]
2d8b84ae
SA
631 [@b{--[no-]target-align}] [@b{--[no-]longcalls}]
632 [@b{--[no-]transform}]
633 [@b{--rename-section} @var{oldname}=@var{newname}]
a82c7d90 634 [@b{--[no-]trampolines}]
7a77f1ac 635 [@b{--abi-windowed}|@b{--abi-call0}]
2d8b84ae 636@end ifset
3c9b82ba
NC
637@ifset Z80
638
639@emph{Target Z80 options:}
fcaaac0a 640 [@b{-march=@var{CPU}@var{[-EXT]}@var{[+EXT]}}]
7a6bf3be
SB
641 [@b{-local-prefix=}@var{PREFIX}]
642 [@b{-colonless}]
643 [@b{-sdcc}]
644 [@b{-fp-s=}@var{FORMAT}]
645 [@b{-fp-d=}@var{FORMAT}]
3c9b82ba 646@end ifset
a4fb0134 647@ifset Z8000
b6605ddd 648
a4fb0134 649@c Z8000 has no machine-dependent assembler options
252b5132 650@end ifset
e0001a05 651
0285c67d 652@c man end
252b5132
RH
653@end smallexample
654
0285c67d
NC
655@c man begin OPTIONS
656
a4fb0134 657@table @gcctabopt
38fc1cb1 658@include at-file.texi
a0b7da79 659
83f10cb2 660@item -a[cdghlmns]
252b5132
RH
661Turn on listings, in any of a variety of ways:
662
a4fb0134 663@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
664@item -ac
665omit false conditionals
666
667@item -ad
668omit debugging directives
669
83f10cb2
NC
670@item -ag
671include general information, like @value{AS} version and options passed
672
252b5132
RH
673@item -ah
674include high-level source
675
676@item -al
677include assembly
678
679@item -am
680include macro expansions
681
682@item -an
683omit forms processing
684
685@item -as
686include symbols
687
688@item =file
689set the name of the listing file
690@end table
691
692You may combine these options; for example, use @samp{-aln} for assembly
693listing without forms processing. The @samp{=file} option, if used, must be
694the last one. By itself, @samp{-a} defaults to @samp{-ahls}.
695
caa32fe5 696@item --alternate
96e9638b
BW
697Begin in alternate macro mode.
698@ifclear man
699@xref{Altmacro,,@code{.altmacro}}.
700@end ifclear
caa32fe5 701
955974c6 702@item --compress-debug-sections
19a7fe52
L
703Compress DWARF debug sections using zlib with SHF_COMPRESSED from the
704ELF ABI. The resulting object file may not be compatible with older
705linkers and object file utilities. Note if compression would make a
706given section @emph{larger} then it is not compressed.
955974c6 707
151411f8
L
708@ifset ELF
709@cindex @samp{--compress-debug-sections=} option
710@item --compress-debug-sections=none
711@itemx --compress-debug-sections=zlib
712@itemx --compress-debug-sections=zlib-gnu
713@itemx --compress-debug-sections=zlib-gabi
714These options control how DWARF debug sections are compressed.
715@option{--compress-debug-sections=none} is equivalent to
716@option{--nocompress-debug-sections}.
717@option{--compress-debug-sections=zlib} and
19a7fe52 718@option{--compress-debug-sections=zlib-gabi} are equivalent to
151411f8 719@option{--compress-debug-sections}.
19a7fe52
L
720@option{--compress-debug-sections=zlib-gnu} compresses DWARF debug
721sections using zlib. The debug sections are renamed to begin with
722@samp{.zdebug}. Note if compression would make a given section
723@emph{larger} then it is not compressed nor renamed.
724
151411f8
L
725@end ifset
726
955974c6 727@item --nocompress-debug-sections
e12fe555
NC
728Do not compress DWARF debug sections. This is usually the default for all
729targets except the x86/x86_64, but a configure time option can be used to
730override this.
955974c6 731
252b5132
RH
732@item -D
733Ignored. This option is accepted for script compatibility with calls to
734other assemblers.
735
3d6b762c
JM
736@item --debug-prefix-map @var{old}=@var{new}
737When assembling files in directory @file{@var{old}}, record debugging
738information describing them as in @file{@var{new}} instead.
739
252b5132
RH
740@item --defsym @var{sym}=@var{value}
741Define the symbol @var{sym} to be @var{value} before assembling the input file.
742@var{value} must be an integer constant. As in C, a leading @samp{0x}
bf083c64
NC
743indicates a hexadecimal value, and a leading @samp{0} indicates an octal
744value. The value of the symbol can be overridden inside a source file via the
745use of a @code{.set} pseudo-op.
252b5132
RH
746
747@item -f
748``fast''---skip whitespace and comment preprocessing (assume source is
749compiler output).
750
329e276d
NC
751@item -g
752@itemx --gen-debug
753Generate debugging information for each assembler source line using whichever
754debug format is preferred by the target. This currently means either STABS,
edc7a80a
MW
755ECOFF or DWARF2. When the debug format is DWARF then a @code{.debug_info} and
756@code{.debug_line} section is only emitted when the assembly file doesn't
757generate one itself.
329e276d 758
252b5132
RH
759@item --gstabs
760Generate stabs debugging information for each assembler line. This
761may help debugging assembler code, if the debugger can handle it.
762
05da4302
NC
763@item --gstabs+
764Generate stabs debugging information for each assembler line, with GNU
765extensions that probably only gdb can handle, and that could make other
766debuggers crash or refuse to read your program. This
767may help debugging assembler code. Currently the only GNU extension is
768the location of the current working directory at assembling time.
769
329e276d 770@item --gdwarf-2
cdf82bcf 771Generate DWARF2 debugging information for each assembler line. This
c1253627 772may help debugging assembler code, if the debugger can handle it. Note---this
85a39694 773option is only supported by some targets, not all of them.
cdf82bcf 774
31bf1864
NC
775@item --gdwarf-3
776This option is the same as the @option{--gdwarf-2} option, except that it
777allows for the possibility of the generation of extra debug information as per
778version 3 of the DWARF specification. Note - enabling this option does not
25b1f10d 779guarantee the generation of any extra information, the choice to do so is on a
31bf1864
NC
780per target basis.
781
782@item --gdwarf-4
783This option is the same as the @option{--gdwarf-2} option, except that it
784allows for the possibility of the generation of extra debug information as per
785version 4 of the DWARF specification. Note - enabling this option does not
25b1f10d 786guarantee the generation of any extra information, the choice to do so is on a
31bf1864
NC
787per target basis.
788
789@item --gdwarf-5
790This option is the same as the @option{--gdwarf-2} option, except that it
791allows for the possibility of the generation of extra debug information as per
84d9ab33 792version 5 of the DWARF specification. Note - enabling this option does not
25b1f10d 793guarantee the generation of any extra information, the choice to do so is on a
31bf1864
NC
794per target basis.
795
b40bf0a2
NC
796@item --gdwarf-sections
797Instead of creating a .debug_line section, create a series of
798.debug_line.@var{foo} sections where @var{foo} is the name of the
799corresponding code section. For example a code section called @var{.text.func}
800will have its dwarf line number information placed into a section called
801@var{.debug_line.text.func}. If the code section is just called @var{.text}
802then debug line section will still be called just @var{.debug_line} without any
803suffix.
804
66f8b2cb
AB
805@item --gdwarf-cie-version=@var{version}
806Control which version of DWARF Common Information Entries (CIEs) are produced.
807When this flag is not specificed the default is version 1, though some targets
808can modify this default. Other possible values for @var{version} are 3 or 4.
809
b8871f35 810@ifset ELF
21be61f5
L
811@item --size-check=error
812@itemx --size-check=warning
813Issue an error or warning for invalid ELF .size directive.
814
b8871f35
L
815@item --elf-stt-common=no
816@itemx --elf-stt-common=yes
817These options control whether the ELF assembler should generate common
818symbols with the @code{STT_COMMON} type. The default can be controlled
819by a configure option @option{--enable-elf-stt-common}.
0df8ad28
NC
820
821@item --generate-missing-build-notes=yes
822@itemx --generate-missing-build-notes=no
823These options control whether the ELF assembler should generate GNU Build
824attribute notes if none are present in the input sources.
825The default can be controlled by the @option{--enable-generate-build-notes}
826configure option.
827
b8871f35
L
828@end ifset
829
252b5132 830@item --help
a05a5b64 831Print a summary of the command-line options and exit.
252b5132 832
ea20a7da
CC
833@item --target-help
834Print a summary of all target specific options and exit.
835
252b5132
RH
836@item -I @var{dir}
837Add directory @var{dir} to the search list for @code{.include} directives.
838
839@item -J
840Don't warn about signed overflow.
841
842@item -K
843@ifclear DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
844This option is accepted but has no effect on the @value{TARGET} family.
845@end ifclear
846@ifset DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
847Issue warnings when difference tables altered for long displacements.
848@end ifset
849
850@item -L
851@itemx --keep-locals
ba83aca1
BW
852Keep (in the symbol table) local symbols. These symbols start with
853system-specific local label prefixes, typically @samp{.L} for ELF systems
854or @samp{L} for traditional a.out systems.
855@ifclear man
856@xref{Symbol Names}.
857@end ifclear
252b5132 858
c3a27914
NC
859@item --listing-lhs-width=@var{number}
860Set the maximum width, in words, of the output data column for an assembler
861listing to @var{number}.
862
863@item --listing-lhs-width2=@var{number}
864Set the maximum width, in words, of the output data column for continuation
865lines in an assembler listing to @var{number}.
866
867@item --listing-rhs-width=@var{number}
868Set the maximum width of an input source line, as displayed in a listing, to
869@var{number} bytes.
870
871@item --listing-cont-lines=@var{number}
872Set the maximum number of lines printed in a listing for a single line of input
873to @var{number} + 1.
874
578c64a4
NC
875@item --multibyte-handling=allow
876@itemx --multibyte-handling=warn
877@itemx --multibyte-handling=warn-sym-only
878Controls how the assembler handles multibyte characters in the input. The
879default (which can be restored by using the @option{allow} argument) is to
880allow such characters without complaint. Using the @option{warn} argument will
881make the assembler generate a warning message whenever any multibyte character
882is encountered. Using the @option{warn-sym-only} argument will only cause a
883warning to be generated when a symbol is defined with a name that contains
884multibyte characters. (References to undefined symbols will not generate a
885warning).
886
2edb36e7
NC
887@item --no-pad-sections
888Stop the assembler for padding the ends of output sections to the alignment
889of that section. The default is to pad the sections, but this can waste space
890which might be needed on targets which have tight memory constraints.
891
252b5132 892@item -o @var{objfile}
a4fb0134 893Name the object-file output from @command{@value{AS}} @var{objfile}.
252b5132
RH
894
895@item -R
896Fold the data section into the text section.
897
451133ce
NP
898@ifset ELF
899@item --sectname-subst
900Honor substitution sequences in section names.
901@ifclear man
902@xref{Section Name Substitutions,,@code{.section @var{name}}}.
903@end ifclear
904@end ifset
905
252b5132
RH
906@item --statistics
907Print the maximum space (in bytes) and total time (in seconds) used by
908assembly.
909
910@item --strip-local-absolute
911Remove local absolute symbols from the outgoing symbol table.
912
913@item -v
914@itemx -version
a4fb0134 915Print the @command{as} version.
252b5132
RH
916
917@item --version
a4fb0134 918Print the @command{as} version and exit.
252b5132
RH
919
920@item -W
2bdd6cf5 921@itemx --no-warn
252b5132
RH
922Suppress warning messages.
923
2bdd6cf5
GK
924@item --fatal-warnings
925Treat warnings as errors.
926
927@item --warn
928Don't suppress warning messages or treat them as errors.
929
252b5132
RH
930@item -w
931Ignored.
932
933@item -x
934Ignored.
935
936@item -Z
937Generate an object file even after errors.
938
939@item -- | @var{files} @dots{}
940Standard input, or source files to assemble.
941
942@end table
2a633939
JM
943@c man end
944
a06ea964
NC
945@ifset AARCH64
946
947@ifclear man
948@xref{AArch64 Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
949for the 64-bit mode of the ARM Architecture (AArch64).
950@end ifclear
951
952@ifset man
953@c man begin OPTIONS
954The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
95564-bit mode of the ARM Architecture (AArch64).
956@c man end
957@c man begin INCLUDE
958@include c-aarch64.texi
959@c ended inside the included file
960@end ifset
961
962@end ifset
963
2a633939
JM
964@ifset ALPHA
965
966@ifclear man
967@xref{Alpha Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
968for an Alpha processor.
969@end ifclear
970
971@ifset man
972@c man begin OPTIONS
973The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for an Alpha
974processor.
975@c man end
976@c man begin INCLUDE
977@include c-alpha.texi
978@c ended inside the included file
979@end ifset
980
981@end ifset
252b5132 982
2a633939 983@c man begin OPTIONS
252b5132 984@ifset ARC
886a2506
NC
985The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for an ARC
986processor.
252b5132 987
a4fb0134 988@table @gcctabopt
886a2506 989@item -mcpu=@var{cpu}
0d2bcfaf
NC
990This option selects the core processor variant.
991@item -EB | -EL
992Select either big-endian (-EB) or little-endian (-EL) output.
886a2506 993@item -mcode-density
0cc79db2 994Enable Code Density extension instructions.
252b5132
RH
995@end table
996@end ifset
997
998@ifset ARM
999The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the ARM
1000processor family.
1001
a4fb0134 1002@table @gcctabopt
92081f48 1003@item -mcpu=@var{processor}[+@var{extension}@dots{}]
cdf82bcf 1004Specify which ARM processor variant is the target.
92081f48 1005@item -march=@var{architecture}[+@var{extension}@dots{}]
cdf82bcf 1006Specify which ARM architecture variant is used by the target.
03b1477f 1007@item -mfpu=@var{floating-point-format}
a349d9dd 1008Select which Floating Point architecture is the target.
33a392fb
PB
1009@item -mfloat-abi=@var{abi}
1010Select which floating point ABI is in use.
03b1477f
RE
1011@item -mthumb
1012Enable Thumb only instruction decoding.
7f266840 1013@item -mapcs-32 | -mapcs-26 | -mapcs-float | -mapcs-reentrant
252b5132
RH
1014Select which procedure calling convention is in use.
1015@item -EB | -EL
1016Select either big-endian (-EB) or little-endian (-EL) output.
cdf82bcf
NC
1017@item -mthumb-interwork
1018Specify that the code has been generated with interworking between Thumb and
1019ARM code in mind.
2e6976a8
DG
1020@item -mccs
1021Turns on CodeComposer Studio assembly syntax compatibility mode.
cdf82bcf
NC
1022@item -k
1023Specify that PIC code has been generated.
252b5132
RH
1024@end table
1025@end ifset
635fb38d 1026@c man end
252b5132 1027
9982501a 1028@ifset Blackfin
8611b8fd
MF
1029
1030@ifclear man
1031@xref{Blackfin Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is
1032configured for the Blackfin processor family.
1033@end ifclear
1034
1035@ifset man
1036@c man begin OPTIONS
9982501a
JZ
1037The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
1038the Blackfin processor family.
8611b8fd
MF
1039@c man end
1040@c man begin INCLUDE
1041@include c-bfin.texi
1042@c ended inside the included file
1043@end ifset
9982501a 1044
9982501a
JZ
1045@end ifset
1046
f8861f5d
JM
1047@ifset BPF
1048
1049@ifclear man
1050@xref{BPF Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is
1051configured for the Linux kernel BPF processor family.
1052@end ifclear
1053
1054@ifset man
1055@c man begin OPTIONS
1056The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
1057the Linux kernel BPF processor family.
1058@c man end
1059@c man begin INCLUDE
1060@include c-bpf.texi
1061@c ended inside the included file
1062@end ifset
1063
1064@end ifset
1065
635fb38d 1066@c man begin OPTIONS
328eb32e
HPN
1067@ifset CRIS
1068See the info pages for documentation of the CRIS-specific options.
1069@end ifset
1070
b8891f8d
AJ
1071@ifset CSKY
1072
1073@ifclear man
1074@xref{C-SKY Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is
1075configured for the C-SKY processor family.
1076@end ifclear
1077
1078@ifset man
1079@c man begin OPTIONS
1080The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
1081the C-SKY processor family.
1082@c man end
1083@c man begin INCLUDE
1084@include c-csky.texi
1085@c ended inside the included file
1086@end ifset
1087
1088@end ifset
1089
252b5132
RH
1090@ifset D10V
1091The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
1092a D10V processor.
a4fb0134 1093@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
1094@cindex D10V optimization
1095@cindex optimization, D10V
1096@item -O
1097Optimize output by parallelizing instructions.
1098@end table
1099@end ifset
1100
1101@ifset D30V
1102The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for a D30V
1103processor.
a4fb0134 1104@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
1105@cindex D30V optimization
1106@cindex optimization, D30V
1107@item -O
1108Optimize output by parallelizing instructions.
1109
1110@cindex D30V nops
1111@item -n
1112Warn when nops are generated.
1113
1114@cindex D30V nops after 32-bit multiply
1115@item -N
1116Warn when a nop after a 32-bit multiply instruction is generated.
1117@end table
1118@end ifset
731caf76
L
1119@c man end
1120
cfb8c092
NC
1121@ifset EPIPHANY
1122The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
1123Adapteva EPIPHANY series.
1124
56b13185
JR
1125@ifclear man
1126@xref{Epiphany Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is
1127configured for an Epiphany processor.
1128@end ifclear
cfb8c092 1129
56b13185
JR
1130@ifset man
1131@c man begin OPTIONS
1132The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
1133an Epiphany processor.
1134@c man end
1135@c man begin INCLUDE
1136@include c-epiphany.texi
0c76cae8
AM
1137@c ended inside the included file
1138@end ifset
1139
1140@end ifset
1141
1142@ifset H8300
1143
1144@ifclear man
1145@xref{H8/300 Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
1146for an H8/300 processor.
1147@end ifclear
1148
1149@ifset man
1150@c man begin OPTIONS
1151The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for an H8/300
1152processor.
1153@c man end
1154@c man begin INCLUDE
1155@include c-h8300.texi
56b13185
JR
1156@c ended inside the included file
1157@end ifset
cfb8c092 1158
cfb8c092
NC
1159@end ifset
1160
731caf76 1161@ifset I80386
252b5132 1162
731caf76
L
1163@ifclear man
1164@xref{i386-Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is
1165configured for an i386 processor.
1166@end ifclear
1167
1168@ifset man
1169@c man begin OPTIONS
1170The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
1171an i386 processor.
1172@c man end
1173@c man begin INCLUDE
1174@include c-i386.texi
1175@c ended inside the included file
1176@end ifset
1177
1178@end ifset
1179
1180@c man begin OPTIONS
a40cbfa3
NC
1181@ifset IP2K
1182The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
ec88d317 1183Ubicom IP2K series.
a40cbfa3
NC
1184
1185@table @gcctabopt
1186
1187@item -mip2022ext
1188Specifies that the extended IP2022 instructions are allowed.
1189
1190@item -mip2022
8dfa0188 1191Restores the default behaviour, which restricts the permitted instructions to
a40cbfa3
NC
1192just the basic IP2022 ones.
1193
1194@end table
1195@end ifset
1196
49f58d10
JB
1197@ifset M32C
1198The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
1199Renesas M32C and M16C processors.
1200
1201@table @gcctabopt
1202
1203@item -m32c
1204Assemble M32C instructions.
1205
1206@item -m16c
1207Assemble M16C instructions (the default).
1208
c54b5932
DD
1209@item -relax
1210Enable support for link-time relaxations.
1211
1212@item -h-tick-hex
1213Support H'00 style hex constants in addition to 0x00 style.
1214
49f58d10
JB
1215@end table
1216@end ifset
1217
ec694b89
NC
1218@ifset M32R
1219The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
26597c86 1220Renesas M32R (formerly Mitsubishi M32R) series.
ec694b89 1221
a4fb0134 1222@table @gcctabopt
ec694b89
NC
1223
1224@item --m32rx
1225Specify which processor in the M32R family is the target. The default
1226is normally the M32R, but this option changes it to the M32RX.
1227
1228@item --warn-explicit-parallel-conflicts or --Wp
1229Produce warning messages when questionable parallel constructs are
01642c12 1230encountered.
ec694b89
NC
1231
1232@item --no-warn-explicit-parallel-conflicts or --Wnp
01642c12
RM
1233Do not produce warning messages when questionable parallel constructs are
1234encountered.
ec694b89
NC
1235
1236@end table
1237@end ifset
252b5132
RH
1238
1239@ifset M680X0
1240The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
1241Motorola 68000 series.
1242
a4fb0134 1243@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
1244
1245@item -l
1246Shorten references to undefined symbols, to one word instead of two.
1247
0285c67d
NC
1248@item -m68000 | -m68008 | -m68010 | -m68020 | -m68030
1249@itemx | -m68040 | -m68060 | -m68302 | -m68331 | -m68332
1250@itemx | -m68333 | -m68340 | -mcpu32 | -m5200
252b5132
RH
1251Specify what processor in the 68000 family is the target. The default
1252is normally the 68020, but this can be changed at configuration time.
1253
1254@item -m68881 | -m68882 | -mno-68881 | -mno-68882
1255The target machine does (or does not) have a floating-point coprocessor.
1256The default is to assume a coprocessor for 68020, 68030, and cpu32. Although
1257the basic 68000 is not compatible with the 68881, a combination of the
1258two can be specified, since it's possible to do emulation of the
1259coprocessor instructions with the main processor.
1260
1261@item -m68851 | -mno-68851
1262The target machine does (or does not) have a memory-management
1263unit coprocessor. The default is to assume an MMU for 68020 and up.
1264
1265@end table
1266@end ifset
1267
36591ba1
SL
1268@ifset NIOSII
1269
1270@ifclear man
1271@xref{Nios II Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
1272for an Altera Nios II processor.
1273@end ifclear
1274
1275@ifset man
1276@c man begin OPTIONS
1277The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for an
1278Altera Nios II processor.
1279@c man end
1280@c man begin INCLUDE
1281@include c-nios2.texi
1282@c ended inside the included file
1283@end ifset
1284@end ifset
1285
e135f41b
NC
1286@ifset PDP11
1287
1288For details about the PDP-11 machine dependent features options,
1289see @ref{PDP-11-Options}.
1290
a4fb0134 1291@table @gcctabopt
e135f41b
NC
1292@item -mpic | -mno-pic
1293Generate position-independent (or position-dependent) code. The
a4fb0134 1294default is @option{-mpic}.
e135f41b
NC
1295
1296@item -mall
1297@itemx -mall-extensions
1298Enable all instruction set extensions. This is the default.
1299
1300@item -mno-extensions
1301Disable all instruction set extensions.
1302
1303@item -m@var{extension} | -mno-@var{extension}
1304Enable (or disable) a particular instruction set extension.
1305
1306@item -m@var{cpu}
1307Enable the instruction set extensions supported by a particular CPU, and
1308disable all other extensions.
1309
1310@item -m@var{machine}
1311Enable the instruction set extensions supported by a particular machine
1312model, and disable all other extensions.
1313@end table
1314
1315@end ifset
1316
041dd5a9
ILT
1317@ifset PJ
1318The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
1319a picoJava processor.
1320
a4fb0134 1321@table @gcctabopt
041dd5a9
ILT
1322
1323@cindex PJ endianness
1324@cindex endianness, PJ
1325@cindex big endian output, PJ
1326@item -mb
1327Generate ``big endian'' format output.
1328
1329@cindex little endian output, PJ
1330@item -ml
1331Generate ``little endian'' format output.
1332
1333@end table
1334@end ifset
1335
93f11b16
DD
1336@ifset PRU
1337
1338@ifclear man
1339@xref{PRU Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
1340for a PRU processor.
1341@end ifclear
1342
1343@ifset man
1344@c man begin OPTIONS
1345The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for a
1346PRU processor.
1347@c man end
1348@c man begin INCLUDE
1349@include c-pru.texi
1350@c ended inside the included file
1351@end ifset
1352@end ifset
1353
60bcf0fa
NC
1354@ifset M68HC11
1355The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
1356Motorola 68HC11 or 68HC12 series.
1357
a4fb0134 1358@table @gcctabopt
60bcf0fa 1359
6927f982 1360@item -m68hc11 | -m68hc12 | -m68hcs12 | -mm9s12x | -mm9s12xg
60bcf0fa
NC
1361Specify what processor is the target. The default is
1362defined by the configuration option when building the assembler.
1363
6927f982
NC
1364@item --xgate-ramoffset
1365Instruct the linker to offset RAM addresses from S12X address space into
1366XGATE address space.
1367
2f904664
SC
1368@item -mshort
1369Specify to use the 16-bit integer ABI.
1370
1371@item -mlong
01642c12 1372Specify to use the 32-bit integer ABI.
2f904664
SC
1373
1374@item -mshort-double
01642c12 1375Specify to use the 32-bit double ABI.
2f904664
SC
1376
1377@item -mlong-double
01642c12 1378Specify to use the 64-bit double ABI.
2f904664 1379
1370e33d 1380@item --force-long-branches
60bcf0fa
NC
1381Relative branches are turned into absolute ones. This concerns
1382conditional branches, unconditional branches and branches to a
1383sub routine.
1384
1370e33d
NC
1385@item -S | --short-branches
1386Do not turn relative branches into absolute ones
60bcf0fa
NC
1387when the offset is out of range.
1388
1389@item --strict-direct-mode
1390Do not turn the direct addressing mode into extended addressing mode
1391when the instruction does not support direct addressing mode.
1392
1393@item --print-insn-syntax
1394Print the syntax of instruction in case of error.
1395
1396@item --print-opcodes
6927f982 1397Print the list of instructions with syntax and then exit.
60bcf0fa
NC
1398
1399@item --generate-example
6927f982 1400Print an example of instruction for each possible instruction and then exit.
a4fb0134 1401This option is only useful for testing @command{@value{AS}}.
60bcf0fa
NC
1402
1403@end table
1404@end ifset
1405
252b5132 1406@ifset SPARC
a4fb0134 1407The following options are available when @command{@value{AS}} is configured
252b5132
RH
1408for the SPARC architecture:
1409
a4fb0134 1410@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
1411@item -Av6 | -Av7 | -Av8 | -Asparclet | -Asparclite
1412@itemx -Av8plus | -Av8plusa | -Av9 | -Av9a
1413Explicitly select a variant of the SPARC architecture.
1414
1415@samp{-Av8plus} and @samp{-Av8plusa} select a 32 bit environment.
1416@samp{-Av9} and @samp{-Av9a} select a 64 bit environment.
1417
1418@samp{-Av8plusa} and @samp{-Av9a} enable the SPARC V9 instruction set with
1419UltraSPARC extensions.
1420
1421@item -xarch=v8plus | -xarch=v8plusa
1422For compatibility with the Solaris v9 assembler. These options are
1423equivalent to -Av8plus and -Av8plusa, respectively.
1424
1425@item -bump
1426Warn when the assembler switches to another architecture.
1427@end table
1428@end ifset
1429
39bec121
TW
1430@ifset TIC54X
1431The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the 'c54x
01642c12 1432architecture.
39bec121 1433
a4fb0134 1434@table @gcctabopt
39bec121
TW
1435@item -mfar-mode
1436Enable extended addressing mode. All addresses and relocations will assume
1437extended addressing (usually 23 bits).
1438@item -mcpu=@var{CPU_VERSION}
1439Sets the CPU version being compiled for.
1440@item -merrors-to-file @var{FILENAME}
1441Redirect error output to a file, for broken systems which don't support such
1442behaviour in the shell.
1443@end table
1444@end ifset
1445
252b5132 1446@ifset MIPS
73201331 1447@c man begin OPTIONS
252b5132 1448The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
98508b2a 1449a MIPS processor.
252b5132 1450
a4fb0134 1451@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
1452@item -G @var{num}
1453This option sets the largest size of an object that can be referenced
1454implicitly with the @code{gp} register. It is only accepted for targets that
1455use ECOFF format, such as a DECstation running Ultrix. The default value is 8.
1456
1457@cindex MIPS endianness
1458@cindex endianness, MIPS
1459@cindex big endian output, MIPS
1460@item -EB
1461Generate ``big endian'' format output.
1462
1463@cindex little endian output, MIPS
1464@item -EL
1465Generate ``little endian'' format output.
1466
1467@cindex MIPS ISA
1468@item -mips1
1469@itemx -mips2
1470@itemx -mips3
e7af610e 1471@itemx -mips4
437ee9d5 1472@itemx -mips5
e7af610e 1473@itemx -mips32
af7ee8bf 1474@itemx -mips32r2
ae52f483
AB
1475@itemx -mips32r3
1476@itemx -mips32r5
7361da2c 1477@itemx -mips32r6
4058e45f 1478@itemx -mips64
5f74bc13 1479@itemx -mips64r2
ae52f483
AB
1480@itemx -mips64r3
1481@itemx -mips64r5
7361da2c 1482@itemx -mips64r6
98508b2a 1483Generate code for a particular MIPS Instruction Set Architecture level.
437ee9d5
TS
1484@samp{-mips1} is an alias for @samp{-march=r3000}, @samp{-mips2} is an
1485alias for @samp{-march=r6000}, @samp{-mips3} is an alias for
1486@samp{-march=r4000} and @samp{-mips4} is an alias for @samp{-march=r8000}.
ae52f483 1487@samp{-mips5}, @samp{-mips32}, @samp{-mips32r2}, @samp{-mips32r3},
7361da2c
AB
1488@samp{-mips32r5}, @samp{-mips32r6}, @samp{-mips64}, @samp{-mips64r2},
1489@samp{-mips64r3}, @samp{-mips64r5}, and @samp{-mips64r6} correspond to generic
1490MIPS V, MIPS32, MIPS32 Release 2, MIPS32 Release 3, MIPS32 Release 5, MIPS32
1491Release 6, MIPS64, MIPS64 Release 2, MIPS64 Release 3, MIPS64 Release 5, and
1492MIPS64 Release 6 ISA processors, respectively.
437ee9d5 1493
98508b2a
RS
1494@item -march=@var{cpu}
1495Generate code for a particular MIPS CPU.
437ee9d5
TS
1496
1497@item -mtune=@var{cpu}
98508b2a 1498Schedule and tune for a particular MIPS CPU.
437ee9d5
TS
1499
1500@item -mfix7000
1501@itemx -mno-fix7000
1502Cause nops to be inserted if the read of the destination register
1503of an mfhi or mflo instruction occurs in the following two instructions.
1504
a8d14a88
CM
1505@item -mfix-rm7000
1506@itemx -mno-fix-rm7000
1507Cause nops to be inserted if a dmult or dmultu instruction is
1508followed by a load instruction.
1509
27c634e0
FN
1510@item -mfix-r5900
1511@itemx -mno-fix-r5900
1512Do not attempt to schedule the preceding instruction into the delay slot
1513of a branch instruction placed at the end of a short loop of six
1514instructions or fewer and always schedule a @code{nop} instruction there
1515instead. The short loop bug under certain conditions causes loops to
1516execute only once or twice, due to a hardware bug in the R5900 chip.
1517
ecb4347a
DJ
1518@item -mdebug
1519@itemx -no-mdebug
1520Cause stabs-style debugging output to go into an ECOFF-style .mdebug
1521section instead of the standard ELF .stabs sections.
1522
dcd410fe
RO
1523@item -mpdr
1524@itemx -mno-pdr
1525Control generation of @code{.pdr} sections.
1526
437ee9d5
TS
1527@item -mgp32
1528@itemx -mfp32
1529The register sizes are normally inferred from the ISA and ABI, but these
1530flags force a certain group of registers to be treated as 32 bits wide at
1531all times. @samp{-mgp32} controls the size of general-purpose registers
1532and @samp{-mfp32} controls the size of floating-point registers.
1533
351cdf24
MF
1534@item -mgp64
1535@itemx -mfp64
1536The register sizes are normally inferred from the ISA and ABI, but these
1537flags force a certain group of registers to be treated as 64 bits wide at
1538all times. @samp{-mgp64} controls the size of general-purpose registers
1539and @samp{-mfp64} controls the size of floating-point registers.
1540
1541@item -mfpxx
1542The register sizes are normally inferred from the ISA and ABI, but using
1543this flag in combination with @samp{-mabi=32} enables an ABI variant
1544which will operate correctly with floating-point registers which are
154532 or 64 bits wide.
1546
1547@item -modd-spreg
1548@itemx -mno-odd-spreg
1549Enable use of floating-point operations on odd-numbered single-precision
1550registers when supported by the ISA. @samp{-mfpxx} implies
1551@samp{-mno-odd-spreg}, otherwise the default is @samp{-modd-spreg}.
1552
437ee9d5
TS
1553@item -mips16
1554@itemx -no-mips16
1555Generate code for the MIPS 16 processor. This is equivalent to putting
32035f51 1556@code{.module mips16} at the start of the assembly file. @samp{-no-mips16}
437ee9d5 1557turns off this option.
252b5132 1558
25499ac7
MR
1559@item -mmips16e2
1560@itemx -mno-mips16e2
1561Enable the use of MIPS16e2 instructions in MIPS16 mode. This is equivalent
1562to putting @code{.module mips16e2} at the start of the assembly file.
1563@samp{-mno-mips16e2} turns off this option.
1564
df58fc94
RS
1565@item -mmicromips
1566@itemx -mno-micromips
1567Generate code for the microMIPS processor. This is equivalent to putting
32035f51
MR
1568@code{.module micromips} at the start of the assembly file.
1569@samp{-mno-micromips} turns off this option. This is equivalent to putting
1570@code{.module nomicromips} at the start of the assembly file.
df58fc94 1571
e16bfa71
TS
1572@item -msmartmips
1573@itemx -mno-smartmips
32035f51
MR
1574Enables the SmartMIPS extension to the MIPS32 instruction set. This is
1575equivalent to putting @code{.module smartmips} at the start of the assembly
1576file. @samp{-mno-smartmips} turns off this option.
e16bfa71 1577
1f25f5d3
CD
1578@item -mips3d
1579@itemx -no-mips3d
1580Generate code for the MIPS-3D Application Specific Extension.
1581This tells the assembler to accept MIPS-3D instructions.
1582@samp{-no-mips3d} turns off this option.
1583
deec1734
CD
1584@item -mdmx
1585@itemx -no-mdmx
1586Generate code for the MDMX Application Specific Extension.
1587This tells the assembler to accept MDMX instructions.
1588@samp{-no-mdmx} turns off this option.
1589
2ef2b9ae
CF
1590@item -mdsp
1591@itemx -mno-dsp
8b082fb1
TS
1592Generate code for the DSP Release 1 Application Specific Extension.
1593This tells the assembler to accept DSP Release 1 instructions.
2ef2b9ae
CF
1594@samp{-mno-dsp} turns off this option.
1595
8b082fb1
TS
1596@item -mdspr2
1597@itemx -mno-dspr2
1598Generate code for the DSP Release 2 Application Specific Extension.
8f4f9071 1599This option implies @samp{-mdsp}.
8b082fb1
TS
1600This tells the assembler to accept DSP Release 2 instructions.
1601@samp{-mno-dspr2} turns off this option.
1602
8f4f9071
MF
1603@item -mdspr3
1604@itemx -mno-dspr3
1605Generate code for the DSP Release 3 Application Specific Extension.
1606This option implies @samp{-mdsp} and @samp{-mdspr2}.
1607This tells the assembler to accept DSP Release 3 instructions.
1608@samp{-mno-dspr3} turns off this option.
1609
56d438b1
CF
1610@item -mmsa
1611@itemx -mno-msa
1612Generate code for the MIPS SIMD Architecture Extension.
1613This tells the assembler to accept MSA instructions.
1614@samp{-mno-msa} turns off this option.
1615
7d64c587
AB
1616@item -mxpa
1617@itemx -mno-xpa
1618Generate code for the MIPS eXtended Physical Address (XPA) Extension.
1619This tells the assembler to accept XPA instructions.
1620@samp{-mno-xpa} turns off this option.
1621
ef2e4d86
CF
1622@item -mmt
1623@itemx -mno-mt
1624Generate code for the MT Application Specific Extension.
1625This tells the assembler to accept MT instructions.
1626@samp{-mno-mt} turns off this option.
1627
dec0624d
MR
1628@item -mmcu
1629@itemx -mno-mcu
1630Generate code for the MCU Application Specific Extension.
1631This tells the assembler to accept MCU instructions.
1632@samp{-mno-mcu} turns off this option.
1633
730c3174
SE
1634@item -mcrc
1635@itemx -mno-crc
1636Generate code for the MIPS cyclic redundancy check (CRC) Application
1637Specific Extension. This tells the assembler to accept CRC instructions.
1638@samp{-mno-crc} turns off this option.
1639
6f20c942
FS
1640@item -mginv
1641@itemx -mno-ginv
1642Generate code for the Global INValidate (GINV) Application Specific
1643Extension. This tells the assembler to accept GINV instructions.
1644@samp{-mno-ginv} turns off this option.
1645
8095d2f7
CX
1646@item -mloongson-mmi
1647@itemx -mno-loongson-mmi
1648Generate code for the Loongson MultiMedia extensions Instructions (MMI)
1649Application Specific Extension. This tells the assembler to accept MMI
1650instructions.
1651@samp{-mno-loongson-mmi} turns off this option.
1652
716c08de
CX
1653@item -mloongson-cam
1654@itemx -mno-loongson-cam
1655Generate code for the Loongson Content Address Memory (CAM) instructions.
1656This tells the assembler to accept Loongson CAM instructions.
1657@samp{-mno-loongson-cam} turns off this option.
1658
bdc6c06e
CX
1659@item -mloongson-ext
1660@itemx -mno-loongson-ext
1661Generate code for the Loongson EXTensions (EXT) instructions.
1662This tells the assembler to accept Loongson EXT instructions.
1663@samp{-mno-loongson-ext} turns off this option.
1664
a693765e
CX
1665@item -mloongson-ext2
1666@itemx -mno-loongson-ext2
1667Generate code for the Loongson EXTensions R2 (EXT2) instructions.
1668This option implies @samp{-mloongson-ext}.
1669This tells the assembler to accept Loongson EXT2 instructions.
1670@samp{-mno-loongson-ext2} turns off this option.
1671
833794fc
MR
1672@item -minsn32
1673@itemx -mno-insn32
1674Only use 32-bit instruction encodings when generating code for the
1675microMIPS processor. This option inhibits the use of any 16-bit
1676instructions. This is equivalent to putting @code{.set insn32} at
1677the start of the assembly file. @samp{-mno-insn32} turns off this
1678option. This is equivalent to putting @code{.set noinsn32} at the
1679start of the assembly file. By default @samp{-mno-insn32} is
1680selected, allowing all instructions to be used.
1681
437ee9d5
TS
1682@item --construct-floats
1683@itemx --no-construct-floats
1684The @samp{--no-construct-floats} option disables the construction of
1685double width floating point constants by loading the two halves of the
1686value into the two single width floating point registers that make up
1687the double width register. By default @samp{--construct-floats} is
1688selected, allowing construction of these floating point constants.
252b5132 1689
3bf0dbfb
MR
1690@item --relax-branch
1691@itemx --no-relax-branch
1692The @samp{--relax-branch} option enables the relaxation of out-of-range
1693branches. By default @samp{--no-relax-branch} is selected, causing any
1694out-of-range branches to produce an error.
1695
8b10b0b3
MR
1696@item -mignore-branch-isa
1697@itemx -mno-ignore-branch-isa
1698Ignore branch checks for invalid transitions between ISA modes. The
1699semantics of branches does not provide for an ISA mode switch, so in
1700most cases the ISA mode a branch has been encoded for has to be the
1701same as the ISA mode of the branch's target label. Therefore GAS has
1702checks implemented that verify in branch assembly that the two ISA
1703modes match. @samp{-mignore-branch-isa} disables these checks. By
1704default @samp{-mno-ignore-branch-isa} is selected, causing any invalid
1705branch requiring a transition between ISA modes to produce an error.
1706
ba92f887
MR
1707@item -mnan=@var{encoding}
1708Select between the IEEE 754-2008 (@option{-mnan=2008}) or the legacy
1709(@option{-mnan=legacy}) NaN encoding format. The latter is the default.
1710
252b5132
RH
1711@cindex emulation
1712@item --emulation=@var{name}
e8044f35
RS
1713This option was formerly used to switch between ELF and ECOFF output
1714on targets like IRIX 5 that supported both. MIPS ECOFF support was
1715removed in GAS 2.24, so the option now serves little purpose.
1716It is retained for backwards compatibility.
1717
1718The available configuration names are: @samp{mipself}, @samp{mipslelf} and
1719@samp{mipsbelf}. Choosing @samp{mipself} now has no effect, since the output
1720is always ELF. @samp{mipslelf} and @samp{mipsbelf} select little- and
1721big-endian output respectively, but @samp{-EL} and @samp{-EB} are now the
1722preferred options instead.
252b5132
RH
1723
1724@item -nocpp
a4fb0134 1725@command{@value{AS}} ignores this option. It is accepted for compatibility with
252b5132
RH
1726the native tools.
1727
252b5132
RH
1728@item --trap
1729@itemx --no-trap
1730@itemx --break
1731@itemx --no-break
1732Control how to deal with multiplication overflow and division by zero.
1733@samp{--trap} or @samp{--no-break} (which are synonyms) take a trap exception
1734(and only work for Instruction Set Architecture level 2 and higher);
1735@samp{--break} or @samp{--no-trap} (also synonyms, and the default) take a
1736break exception.
63486801
L
1737
1738@item -n
a4fb0134 1739When this option is used, @command{@value{AS}} will issue a warning every
63486801 1740time it generates a nop instruction from a macro.
252b5132 1741@end table
73201331 1742@c man end
252b5132
RH
1743@end ifset
1744
1745@ifset MCORE
1746The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
1747an MCore processor.
1748
a4fb0134 1749@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
1750@item -jsri2bsr
1751@itemx -nojsri2bsr
1752Enable or disable the JSRI to BSR transformation. By default this is enabled.
a05a5b64 1753The command-line option @samp{-nojsri2bsr} can be used to disable it.
252b5132
RH
1754
1755@item -sifilter
1756@itemx -nosifilter
1757Enable or disable the silicon filter behaviour. By default this is disabled.
a05a5b64 1758The default can be overridden by the @samp{-sifilter} command-line option.
252b5132
RH
1759
1760@item -relax
1761Alter jump instructions for long displacements.
1762
ec694b89
NC
1763@item -mcpu=[210|340]
1764Select the cpu type on the target hardware. This controls which instructions
1765can be assembled.
1766
1767@item -EB
1768Assemble for a big endian target.
1769
1770@item -EL
1771Assemble for a little endian target.
252b5132
RH
1772
1773@end table
1774@end ifset
a3c62988 1775@c man end
252b5132 1776
4462d7c4 1777@ifset LOONGARCH
1778
1779@ifclear man
1780@xref{LoongArch-Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
1781for a LoongArch processor.
1782@end ifclear
1783
1784@ifset man
1785@c man begin OPTIONS
1786The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for a
1787LoongArch processor.
1788@c man end
1789@c man begin INCLUDE
1790@include c-loongarch.texi
1791@c ended inside the included file
1792@end ifset
1793
1794@end ifset
1795
a3c62988
NC
1796@ifset METAG
1797
1798@ifclear man
1799@xref{Meta Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
1800for a Meta processor.
1801@end ifclear
1802
1803@ifset man
1804@c man begin OPTIONS
1805The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for a
1806Meta processor.
1807@c man end
1808@c man begin INCLUDE
1809@include c-metag.texi
1810@c ended inside the included file
1811@end ifset
1812
1813@end ifset
1814
1815@c man begin OPTIONS
3c3bdf30
NC
1816@ifset MMIX
1817See the info pages for documentation of the MMIX-specific options.
1818@end ifset
1819
35c08157
KLC
1820@ifset NDS32
1821
1822@ifclear man
1823@xref{NDS32 Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
1824for a NDS32 processor.
1825@end ifclear
1826@c ended inside the included file
1827@end ifset
1828
1829@ifset man
1830@c man begin OPTIONS
1831The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for a
1832NDS32 processor.
1833@c man end
1834@c man begin INCLUDE
1835@include c-nds32.texi
1836@c ended inside the included file
1837@end ifset
1838
635fb38d 1839@c man end
b8b738ac
AM
1840@ifset PPC
1841
1842@ifclear man
1843@xref{PowerPC-Opts}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
1844for a PowerPC processor.
1845@end ifclear
1846
1847@ifset man
1848@c man begin OPTIONS
1849The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for a
1850PowerPC processor.
1851@c man end
1852@c man begin INCLUDE
1853@include c-ppc.texi
1854@c ended inside the included file
1855@end ifset
1856
1857@end ifset
1858
e23eba97
NC
1859@ifset RISCV
1860
1861@ifclear man
b57e49f7 1862@xref{RISC-V-Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
e23eba97
NC
1863for a RISC-V processor.
1864@end ifclear
1865
1866@ifset man
1867@c man begin OPTIONS
1868The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for a
b57e49f7 1869RISC-V processor.
e23eba97
NC
1870@c man end
1871@c man begin INCLUDE
1872@include c-riscv.texi
1873@c ended inside the included file
1874@end ifset
1875
1876@end ifset
1877
635fb38d 1878@c man begin OPTIONS
046d31c2
NC
1879@ifset RX
1880See the info pages for documentation of the RX-specific options.
1881@end ifset
1882
11c19e16
MS
1883@ifset S390
1884The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the s390
1885processor family.
1886
1887@table @gcctabopt
1888@item -m31
1889@itemx -m64
1890Select the word size, either 31/32 bits or 64 bits.
1891@item -mesa
1892@item -mzarch
1893Select the architecture mode, either the Enterprise System
1894Architecture (esa) or the z/Architecture mode (zarch).
1895@item -march=@var{processor}
952c3f51
AK
1896Specify which s390 processor variant is the target, @samp{g5} (or
1897@samp{arch3}), @samp{g6}, @samp{z900} (or @samp{arch5}), @samp{z990} (or
1898@samp{arch6}), @samp{z9-109}, @samp{z9-ec} (or @samp{arch7}), @samp{z10} (or
1899@samp{arch8}), @samp{z196} (or @samp{arch9}), @samp{zEC12} (or @samp{arch10}),
69341966
AK
1900@samp{z13} (or @samp{arch11}), @samp{z14} (or @samp{arch12}), @samp{z15}
1901(or @samp{arch13}), or @samp{z16} (or @samp{arch14}).
11c19e16
MS
1902@item -mregnames
1903@itemx -mno-regnames
1904Allow or disallow symbolic names for registers.
1905@item -mwarn-areg-zero
1906Warn whenever the operand for a base or index register has been specified
1907but evaluates to zero.
1908@end table
1909@end ifset
2a633939 1910@c man end
11c19e16 1911
40b36596 1912@ifset TIC6X
2a633939
JM
1913
1914@ifclear man
1915@xref{TIC6X Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
1916for a TMS320C6000 processor.
1917@end ifclear
1918
1919@ifset man
1920@c man begin OPTIONS
40b36596
JM
1921The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for a
1922TMS320C6000 processor.
2a633939
JM
1923@c man end
1924@c man begin INCLUDE
1925@include c-tic6x.texi
1926@c ended inside the included file
1927@end ifset
40b36596
JM
1928
1929@end ifset
1930
aa137e4d
NC
1931@ifset TILEGX
1932
1933@ifclear man
1934@xref{TILE-Gx Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
1935for a TILE-Gx processor.
1936@end ifclear
1937
1938@ifset man
1939@c man begin OPTIONS
1940The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for a TILE-Gx
1941processor.
1942@c man end
1943@c man begin INCLUDE
1944@include c-tilegx.texi
1945@c ended inside the included file
1946@end ifset
1947
1948@end ifset
1949
b6605ddd
EB
1950@ifset VISIUM
1951
1952@ifclear man
1953@xref{Visium Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
1954for a Visium processor.
1955@end ifclear
1956
1957@ifset man
1958@c man begin OPTIONS
1959The following option is available when @value{AS} is configured for a Visium
1960processor.
1961@c man end
1962@c man begin INCLUDE
1963@include c-visium.texi
1964@c ended inside the included file
1965@end ifset
1966
1967@end ifset
1968
e0001a05 1969@ifset XTENSA
e0001a05 1970
2d8b84ae
SA
1971@ifclear man
1972@xref{Xtensa Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
1973for an Xtensa processor.
1974@end ifclear
1975
1976@ifset man
1977@c man begin OPTIONS
1978The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for an
1979Xtensa processor.
1980@c man end
1981@c man begin INCLUDE
1982@include c-xtensa.texi
1983@c ended inside the included file
e0001a05
NC
1984@end ifset
1985
2d8b84ae
SA
1986@end ifset
1987
3c9b82ba 1988@ifset Z80
6655dba2 1989
7a6bf3be
SB
1990@ifclear man
1991@xref{Z80 Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
1992for an Z80 processor.
1993@end ifclear
6655dba2 1994
7a6bf3be
SB
1995@ifset man
1996@c man begin OPTIONS
1997The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for an
1998Z80 processor.
1999@c man end
2000@c man begin INCLUDE
2001@include c-z80.texi
2002@c ended inside the included file
3c9b82ba
NC
2003@end ifset
2004
7a6bf3be 2005@end ifset
0285c67d 2006
252b5132
RH
2007@menu
2008* Manual:: Structure of this Manual
2009* GNU Assembler:: The GNU Assembler
2010* Object Formats:: Object File Formats
2011* Command Line:: Command Line
2012* Input Files:: Input Files
2013* Object:: Output (Object) File
2014* Errors:: Error and Warning Messages
2015@end menu
2016
2017@node Manual
2018@section Structure of this Manual
2019
2020@cindex manual, structure and purpose
2021This manual is intended to describe what you need to know to use
a4fb0134 2022@sc{gnu} @command{@value{AS}}. We cover the syntax expected in source files, including
252b5132 2023notation for symbols, constants, and expressions; the directives that
a4fb0134 2024@command{@value{AS}} understands; and of course how to invoke @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
2025
2026@ifclear GENERIC
2027We also cover special features in the @value{TARGET}
a4fb0134 2028configuration of @command{@value{AS}}, including assembler directives.
252b5132
RH
2029@end ifclear
2030@ifset GENERIC
2031This manual also describes some of the machine-dependent features of
2032various flavors of the assembler.
2033@end ifset
2034
2035@cindex machine instructions (not covered)
2036On the other hand, this manual is @emph{not} intended as an introduction
2037to programming in assembly language---let alone programming in general!
2038In a similar vein, we make no attempt to introduce the machine
2039architecture; we do @emph{not} describe the instruction set, standard
2040mnemonics, registers or addressing modes that are standard to a
2041particular architecture.
2042@ifset GENERIC
2043You may want to consult the manufacturer's
2044machine architecture manual for this information.
2045@end ifset
2046@ifclear GENERIC
2047@ifset H8/300
2048For information on the H8/300 machine instruction set, see @cite{H8/300
c2dcd04e
NC
2049Series Programming Manual}. For the H8/300H, see @cite{H8/300H Series
2050Programming Manual} (Renesas).
252b5132 2051@end ifset
252b5132 2052@ifset SH
ef230218
JR
2053For information on the Renesas (formerly Hitachi) / SuperH SH machine instruction set,
2054see @cite{SH-Microcomputer User's Manual} (Renesas) or
2055@cite{SH-4 32-bit CPU Core Architecture} (SuperH) and
2056@cite{SuperH (SH) 64-Bit RISC Series} (SuperH).
252b5132
RH
2057@end ifset
2058@ifset Z8000
2059For information on the Z8000 machine instruction set, see @cite{Z8000 CPU Technical Manual}
2060@end ifset
2061@end ifclear
2062
2063@c I think this is premature---doc@cygnus.com, 17jan1991
2064@ignore
2065Throughout this manual, we assume that you are running @dfn{GNU},
2066the portable operating system from the @dfn{Free Software
2067Foundation, Inc.}. This restricts our attention to certain kinds of
2068computer (in particular, the kinds of computers that @sc{gnu} can run on);
2069once this assumption is granted examples and definitions need less
2070qualification.
2071
a4fb0134 2072@command{@value{AS}} is part of a team of programs that turn a high-level
252b5132
RH
2073human-readable series of instructions into a low-level
2074computer-readable series of instructions. Different versions of
a4fb0134 2075@command{@value{AS}} are used for different kinds of computer.
252b5132
RH
2076@end ignore
2077
2078@c There used to be a section "Terminology" here, which defined
2079@c "contents", "byte", "word", and "long". Defining "word" to any
2080@c particular size is confusing when the .word directive may generate 16
2081@c bits on one machine and 32 bits on another; in general, for the user
2082@c version of this manual, none of these terms seem essential to define.
2083@c They were used very little even in the former draft of the manual;
2084@c this draft makes an effort to avoid them (except in names of
2085@c directives).
2086
2087@node GNU Assembler
2088@section The GNU Assembler
2089
0285c67d
NC
2090@c man begin DESCRIPTION
2091
a4fb0134 2092@sc{gnu} @command{as} is really a family of assemblers.
252b5132 2093@ifclear GENERIC
a4fb0134 2094This manual describes @command{@value{AS}}, a member of that family which is
252b5132
RH
2095configured for the @value{TARGET} architectures.
2096@end ifclear
2097If you use (or have used) the @sc{gnu} assembler on one architecture, you
2098should find a fairly similar environment when you use it on another
2099architecture. Each version has much in common with the others,
2100including object file formats, most assembler directives (often called
2101@dfn{pseudo-ops}) and assembler syntax.@refill
2102
2103@cindex purpose of @sc{gnu} assembler
a4fb0134 2104@command{@value{AS}} is primarily intended to assemble the output of the
252b5132 2105@sc{gnu} C compiler @code{@value{GCC}} for use by the linker
a4fb0134 2106@code{@value{LD}}. Nevertheless, we've tried to make @command{@value{AS}}
252b5132
RH
2107assemble correctly everything that other assemblers for the same
2108machine would assemble.
2109@ifset VAX
2110Any exceptions are documented explicitly (@pxref{Machine Dependencies}).
2111@end ifset
2112@ifset M680X0
2113@c This remark should appear in generic version of manual; assumption
2114@c here is that generic version sets M680x0.
a4fb0134 2115This doesn't mean @command{@value{AS}} always uses the same syntax as another
252b5132
RH
2116assembler for the same architecture; for example, we know of several
2117incompatible versions of 680x0 assembly language syntax.
2118@end ifset
2119
0285c67d
NC
2120@c man end
2121
a4fb0134 2122Unlike older assemblers, @command{@value{AS}} is designed to assemble a source
252b5132
RH
2123program in one pass of the source file. This has a subtle impact on the
2124@kbd{.org} directive (@pxref{Org,,@code{.org}}).
2125
2126@node Object Formats
2127@section Object File Formats
2128
2129@cindex object file format
2130The @sc{gnu} assembler can be configured to produce several alternative
2131object file formats. For the most part, this does not affect how you
2132write assembly language programs; but directives for debugging symbols
2133are typically different in different file formats. @xref{Symbol
2134Attributes,,Symbol Attributes}.
2135@ifclear GENERIC
2136@ifclear MULTI-OBJ
c1253627 2137For the @value{TARGET} target, @command{@value{AS}} is configured to produce
252b5132
RH
2138@value{OBJ-NAME} format object files.
2139@end ifclear
2140@c The following should exhaust all configs that set MULTI-OBJ, ideally
252b5132 2141@ifset HPPA
a4fb0134 2142On the @value{TARGET}, @command{@value{AS}} can be configured to produce either
252b5132
RH
2143SOM or ELF format object files.
2144@end ifset
2145@end ifclear
2146
2147@node Command Line
2148@section Command Line
2149
2150@cindex command line conventions
0285c67d 2151
a4fb0134 2152After the program name @command{@value{AS}}, the command line may contain
252b5132
RH
2153options and file names. Options may appear in any order, and may be
2154before, after, or between file names. The order of file names is
2155significant.
2156
2157@cindex standard input, as input file
2158@kindex --
2159@file{--} (two hyphens) by itself names the standard input file
a4fb0134 2160explicitly, as one of the files for @command{@value{AS}} to assemble.
252b5132
RH
2161
2162@cindex options, command line
a05a5b64 2163Except for @samp{--} any command-line argument that begins with a
252b5132 2164hyphen (@samp{-}) is an option. Each option changes the behavior of
a4fb0134 2165@command{@value{AS}}. No option changes the way another option works. An
252b5132
RH
2166option is a @samp{-} followed by one or more letters; the case of
2167the letter is important. All options are optional.
2168
2169Some options expect exactly one file name to follow them. The file
2170name may either immediately follow the option's letter (compatible
2171with older assemblers) or it may be the next command argument (@sc{gnu}
2172standard). These two command lines are equivalent:
2173
2174@smallexample
2175@value{AS} -o my-object-file.o mumble.s
2176@value{AS} -omy-object-file.o mumble.s
2177@end smallexample
2178
2179@node Input Files
2180@section Input Files
2181
2182@cindex input
2183@cindex source program
2184@cindex files, input
2185We use the phrase @dfn{source program}, abbreviated @dfn{source}, to
a4fb0134 2186describe the program input to one run of @command{@value{AS}}. The program may
252b5132
RH
2187be in one or more files; how the source is partitioned into files
2188doesn't change the meaning of the source.
2189
2190@c I added "con" prefix to "catenation" just to prove I can overcome my
2191@c APL training... doc@cygnus.com
2192The source program is a concatenation of the text in all the files, in the
2193order specified.
2194
0285c67d 2195@c man begin DESCRIPTION
a4fb0134 2196Each time you run @command{@value{AS}} it assembles exactly one source
252b5132
RH
2197program. The source program is made up of one or more files.
2198(The standard input is also a file.)
2199
a4fb0134 2200You give @command{@value{AS}} a command line that has zero or more input file
252b5132 2201names. The input files are read (from left file name to right). A
a05a5b64 2202command-line argument (in any position) that has no special meaning
252b5132
RH
2203is taken to be an input file name.
2204
a4fb0134
SC
2205If you give @command{@value{AS}} no file names it attempts to read one input file
2206from the @command{@value{AS}} standard input, which is normally your terminal. You
2207may have to type @key{ctl-D} to tell @command{@value{AS}} there is no more program
252b5132
RH
2208to assemble.
2209
2210Use @samp{--} if you need to explicitly name the standard input file
2211in your command line.
2212
a4fb0134 2213If the source is empty, @command{@value{AS}} produces a small, empty object
252b5132
RH
2214file.
2215
0285c67d
NC
2216@c man end
2217
252b5132
RH
2218@subheading Filenames and Line-numbers
2219
2220@cindex input file linenumbers
2221@cindex line numbers, in input files
2222There are two ways of locating a line in the input file (or files) and
2223either may be used in reporting error messages. One way refers to a line
2224number in a physical file; the other refers to a line number in a
2225``logical'' file. @xref{Errors, ,Error and Warning Messages}.
2226
2227@dfn{Physical files} are those files named in the command line given
a4fb0134 2228to @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
2229
2230@dfn{Logical files} are simply names declared explicitly by assembler
2231directives; they bear no relation to physical files. Logical file names help
a4fb0134
SC
2232error messages reflect the original source file, when @command{@value{AS}} source
2233is itself synthesized from other files. @command{@value{AS}} understands the
252b5132
RH
2234@samp{#} directives emitted by the @code{@value{GCC}} preprocessor. See also
2235@ref{File,,@code{.file}}.
2236
2237@node Object
2238@section Output (Object) File
2239
2240@cindex object file
2241@cindex output file
2242@kindex a.out
2243@kindex .o
a4fb0134 2244Every time you run @command{@value{AS}} it produces an output file, which is
252b5132 2245your assembly language program translated into numbers. This file
a8eb42a8 2246is the object file. Its default name is @code{a.out}.
a4fb0134 2247You can give it another name by using the @option{-o} option. Conventionally,
252b5132
RH
2248object file names end with @file{.o}. The default name is used for historical
2249reasons: older assemblers were capable of assembling self-contained programs
2250directly into a runnable program. (For some formats, this isn't currently
2251possible, but it can be done for the @code{a.out} format.)
2252
2253@cindex linker
2254@kindex ld
2255The object file is meant for input to the linker @code{@value{LD}}. It contains
2256assembled program code, information to help @code{@value{LD}} integrate
2257the assembled program into a runnable file, and (optionally) symbolic
2258information for the debugger.
2259
2260@c link above to some info file(s) like the description of a.out.
2261@c don't forget to describe @sc{gnu} info as well as Unix lossage.
2262
2263@node Errors
2264@section Error and Warning Messages
2265
0285c67d
NC
2266@c man begin DESCRIPTION
2267
a349d9dd 2268@cindex error messages
252b5132
RH
2269@cindex warning messages
2270@cindex messages from assembler
a4fb0134 2271@command{@value{AS}} may write warnings and error messages to the standard error
252b5132 2272file (usually your terminal). This should not happen when a compiler
a4fb0134
SC
2273runs @command{@value{AS}} automatically. Warnings report an assumption made so
2274that @command{@value{AS}} could keep assembling a flawed program; errors report a
252b5132
RH
2275grave problem that stops the assembly.
2276
0285c67d
NC
2277@c man end
2278
252b5132
RH
2279@cindex format of warning messages
2280Warning messages have the format
2281
2282@smallexample
2283file_name:@b{NNN}:Warning Message Text
2284@end smallexample
2285
2286@noindent
72e0b254
NC
2287@cindex file names and line numbers, in warnings/errors
2288(where @b{NNN} is a line number). If both a logical file name
2289(@pxref{File,,@code{.file}}) and a logical line number
252b5132
RH
2290@ifset GENERIC
2291(@pxref{Line,,@code{.line}})
2292@end ifset
72e0b254
NC
2293have been given then they will be used, otherwise the file name and line number
2294in the current assembler source file will be used. The message text is
2295intended to be self explanatory (in the grand Unix tradition).
2296
2297Note the file name must be set via the logical version of the @code{.file}
2298directive, not the DWARF2 version of the @code{.file} directive. For example:
2299
2300@smallexample
2301 .file 2 "bar.c"
2302 error_assembler_source
2303 .file "foo.c"
2304 .line 30
2305 error_c_source
2306@end smallexample
2307
2308produces this output:
2309
2310@smallexample
2311 Assembler messages:
2312 asm.s:2: Error: no such instruction: `error_assembler_source'
2313 foo.c:31: Error: no such instruction: `error_c_source'
2314@end smallexample
252b5132
RH
2315
2316@cindex format of error messages
2317Error messages have the format
72e0b254 2318
252b5132
RH
2319@smallexample
2320file_name:@b{NNN}:FATAL:Error Message Text
2321@end smallexample
72e0b254 2322
252b5132
RH
2323The file name and line number are derived as for warning
2324messages. The actual message text may be rather less explanatory
2325because many of them aren't supposed to happen.
2326
2327@node Invoking
2328@chapter Command-Line Options
2329
2330@cindex options, all versions of assembler
2331This chapter describes command-line options available in @emph{all}
96e9638b
BW
2332versions of the @sc{gnu} assembler; see @ref{Machine Dependencies},
2333for options specific
252b5132 2334@ifclear GENERIC
c1253627 2335to the @value{TARGET} target.
252b5132
RH
2336@end ifclear
2337@ifset GENERIC
2338to particular machine architectures.
2339@end ifset
2340
0285c67d
NC
2341@c man begin DESCRIPTION
2342
c1253627 2343If you are invoking @command{@value{AS}} via the @sc{gnu} C compiler,
252b5132
RH
2344you can use the @samp{-Wa} option to pass arguments through to the assembler.
2345The assembler arguments must be separated from each other (and the @samp{-Wa})
2346by commas. For example:
2347
2348@smallexample
2349gcc -c -g -O -Wa,-alh,-L file.c
2350@end smallexample
2351
2352@noindent
2353This passes two options to the assembler: @samp{-alh} (emit a listing to
5f5e16be 2354standard output with high-level and assembly source) and @samp{-L} (retain
252b5132
RH
2355local symbols in the symbol table).
2356
2357Usually you do not need to use this @samp{-Wa} mechanism, since many compiler
2358command-line options are automatically passed to the assembler by the compiler.
2359(You can call the @sc{gnu} compiler driver with the @samp{-v} option to see
2360precisely what options it passes to each compilation pass, including the
2361assembler.)
2362
0285c67d
NC
2363@c man end
2364
252b5132 2365@menu
83f10cb2 2366* a:: -a[cdghlns] enable listings
caa32fe5 2367* alternate:: --alternate enable alternate macro syntax
252b5132
RH
2368* D:: -D for compatibility
2369* f:: -f to work faster
2370* I:: -I for .include search path
2371@ifclear DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
2372* K:: -K for compatibility
2373@end ifclear
2374@ifset DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
2375* K:: -K for difference tables
2376@end ifset
2377
ba83aca1 2378* L:: -L to retain local symbols
c3a27914 2379* listing:: --listing-XXX to configure listing output
252b5132
RH
2380* M:: -M or --mri to assemble in MRI compatibility mode
2381* MD:: --MD for dependency tracking
2edb36e7 2382* no-pad-sections:: --no-pad-sections to stop section padding
252b5132
RH
2383* o:: -o to name the object file
2384* R:: -R to join data and text sections
2385* statistics:: --statistics to see statistics about assembly
2386* traditional-format:: --traditional-format for compatible output
2387* v:: -v to announce version
2bdd6cf5 2388* W:: -W, --no-warn, --warn, --fatal-warnings to control warnings
252b5132
RH
2389* Z:: -Z to make object file even after errors
2390@end menu
2391
2392@node a
83f10cb2 2393@section Enable Listings: @option{-a[cdghlns]}
252b5132
RH
2394
2395@kindex -a
2396@kindex -ac
2397@kindex -ad
83f10cb2 2398@kindex -ag
252b5132
RH
2399@kindex -ah
2400@kindex -al
2401@kindex -an
2402@kindex -as
2403@cindex listings, enabling
2404@cindex assembly listings, enabling
2405
2406These options enable listing output from the assembler. By itself,
2407@samp{-a} requests high-level, assembly, and symbols listing.
2408You can use other letters to select specific options for the list:
2409@samp{-ah} requests a high-level language listing,
2410@samp{-al} requests an output-program assembly listing, and
2411@samp{-as} requests a symbol table listing.
2412High-level listings require that a compiler debugging option like
2413@samp{-g} be used, and that assembly listings (@samp{-al}) be requested
2414also.
2415
83f10cb2
NC
2416Use the @samp{-ag} option to print a first section with general assembly
2417information, like @value{AS} version, switches passed, or time stamp.
2418
252b5132
RH
2419Use the @samp{-ac} option to omit false conditionals from a listing. Any lines
2420which are not assembled because of a false @code{.if} (or @code{.ifdef}, or any
2421other conditional), or a true @code{.if} followed by an @code{.else}, will be
2422omitted from the listing.
2423
2424Use the @samp{-ad} option to omit debugging directives from the
2425listing.
2426
2427Once you have specified one of these options, you can further control
2428listing output and its appearance using the directives @code{.list},
2429@code{.nolist}, @code{.psize}, @code{.eject}, @code{.title}, and
2430@code{.sbttl}.
2431The @samp{-an} option turns off all forms processing.
2432If you do not request listing output with one of the @samp{-a} options, the
2433listing-control directives have no effect.
2434
2435The letters after @samp{-a} may be combined into one option,
2436@emph{e.g.}, @samp{-aln}.
2437
96e9638b
BW
2438Note if the assembler source is coming from the standard input (e.g.,
2439because it
a05a5b64 2440is being created by @code{@value{GCC}} and the @samp{-pipe} command-line switch
c3a27914
NC
2441is being used) then the listing will not contain any comments or preprocessor
2442directives. This is because the listing code buffers input source lines from
2443stdin only after they have been preprocessed by the assembler. This reduces
2444memory usage and makes the code more efficient.
2445
caa32fe5
NC
2446@node alternate
2447@section @option{--alternate}
2448
2449@kindex --alternate
2450Begin in alternate macro mode, see @ref{Altmacro,,@code{.altmacro}}.
2451
252b5132 2452@node D
a4fb0134 2453@section @option{-D}
252b5132
RH
2454
2455@kindex -D
2456This option has no effect whatsoever, but it is accepted to make it more
2457likely that scripts written for other assemblers also work with
a4fb0134 2458@command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
2459
2460@node f
a4fb0134 2461@section Work Faster: @option{-f}
252b5132
RH
2462
2463@kindex -f
2464@cindex trusted compiler
a4fb0134 2465@cindex faster processing (@option{-f})
252b5132
RH
2466@samp{-f} should only be used when assembling programs written by a
2467(trusted) compiler. @samp{-f} stops the assembler from doing whitespace
2468and comment preprocessing on
2469the input file(s) before assembling them. @xref{Preprocessing,
2470,Preprocessing}.
2471
2472@quotation
2473@emph{Warning:} if you use @samp{-f} when the files actually need to be
a4fb0134 2474preprocessed (if they contain comments, for example), @command{@value{AS}} does
252b5132
RH
2475not work correctly.
2476@end quotation
2477
2478@node I
c1253627 2479@section @code{.include} Search Path: @option{-I} @var{path}
252b5132
RH
2480
2481@kindex -I @var{path}
2482@cindex paths for @code{.include}
2483@cindex search path for @code{.include}
2484@cindex @code{include} directive search path
2485Use this option to add a @var{path} to the list of directories
a4fb0134
SC
2486@command{@value{AS}} searches for files specified in @code{.include}
2487directives (@pxref{Include,,@code{.include}}). You may use @option{-I} as
252b5132 2488many times as necessary to include a variety of paths. The current
a4fb0134 2489working directory is always searched first; after that, @command{@value{AS}}
252b5132
RH
2490searches any @samp{-I} directories in the same order as they were
2491specified (left to right) on the command line.
2492
2493@node K
a4fb0134 2494@section Difference Tables: @option{-K}
252b5132
RH
2495
2496@kindex -K
2497@ifclear DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
2498On the @value{TARGET} family, this option is allowed, but has no effect. It is
2499permitted for compatibility with the @sc{gnu} assembler on other platforms,
2500where it can be used to warn when the assembler alters the machine code
2501generated for @samp{.word} directives in difference tables. The @value{TARGET}
2502family does not have the addressing limitations that sometimes lead to this
2503alteration on other platforms.
2504@end ifclear
2505
2506@ifset DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
2507@cindex difference tables, warning
2508@cindex warning for altered difference tables
96e9638b
BW
2509@command{@value{AS}} sometimes alters the code emitted for directives of the
2510form @samp{.word @var{sym1}-@var{sym2}}. @xref{Word,,@code{.word}}.
252b5132
RH
2511You can use the @samp{-K} option if you want a warning issued when this
2512is done.
2513@end ifset
2514
2515@node L
ba83aca1 2516@section Include Local Symbols: @option{-L}
252b5132
RH
2517
2518@kindex -L
ba83aca1
BW
2519@cindex local symbols, retaining in output
2520Symbols beginning with system-specific local label prefixes, typically
2521@samp{.L} for ELF systems or @samp{L} for traditional a.out systems, are
2522called @dfn{local symbols}. @xref{Symbol Names}. Normally you do not see
2523such symbols when debugging, because they are intended for the use of
2524programs (like compilers) that compose assembler programs, not for your
2525notice. Normally both @command{@value{AS}} and @code{@value{LD}} discard
2526such symbols, so you do not normally debug with them.
2527
2528This option tells @command{@value{AS}} to retain those local symbols
252b5132 2529in the object file. Usually if you do this you also tell the linker
ba83aca1 2530@code{@value{LD}} to preserve those symbols.
252b5132 2531
c3a27914 2532@node listing
a4fb0134 2533@section Configuring listing output: @option{--listing}
c3a27914 2534
a05a5b64 2535The listing feature of the assembler can be enabled via the command-line switch
c3a27914
NC
2536@samp{-a} (@pxref{a}). This feature combines the input source file(s) with a
2537hex dump of the corresponding locations in the output object file, and displays
96e9638b
BW
2538them as a listing file. The format of this listing can be controlled by
2539directives inside the assembler source (i.e., @code{.list} (@pxref{List}),
2540@code{.title} (@pxref{Title}), @code{.sbttl} (@pxref{Sbttl}),
2541@code{.psize} (@pxref{Psize}), and
2542@code{.eject} (@pxref{Eject}) and also by the following switches:
c3a27914 2543
a4fb0134 2544@table @gcctabopt
c3a27914
NC
2545@item --listing-lhs-width=@samp{number}
2546@kindex --listing-lhs-width
2547@cindex Width of first line disassembly output
2548Sets the maximum width, in words, of the first line of the hex byte dump. This
2549dump appears on the left hand side of the listing output.
2550
2551@item --listing-lhs-width2=@samp{number}
2552@kindex --listing-lhs-width2
2553@cindex Width of continuation lines of disassembly output
2554Sets the maximum width, in words, of any further lines of the hex byte dump for
8dfa0188 2555a given input source line. If this value is not specified, it defaults to being
c3a27914
NC
2556the same as the value specified for @samp{--listing-lhs-width}. If neither
2557switch is used the default is to one.
2558
2559@item --listing-rhs-width=@samp{number}
2560@kindex --listing-rhs-width
2561@cindex Width of source line output
2562Sets the maximum width, in characters, of the source line that is displayed
2563alongside the hex dump. The default value for this parameter is 100. The
2564source line is displayed on the right hand side of the listing output.
2565
2566@item --listing-cont-lines=@samp{number}
2567@kindex --listing-cont-lines
2568@cindex Maximum number of continuation lines
2569Sets the maximum number of continuation lines of hex dump that will be
2570displayed for a given single line of source input. The default value is 4.
2571@end table
2572
252b5132 2573@node M
a4fb0134 2574@section Assemble in MRI Compatibility Mode: @option{-M}
252b5132
RH
2575
2576@kindex -M
2577@cindex MRI compatibility mode
a4fb0134
SC
2578The @option{-M} or @option{--mri} option selects MRI compatibility mode. This
2579changes the syntax and pseudo-op handling of @command{@value{AS}} to make it
a8eb42a8
AM
2580compatible with the @code{ASM68K} assembler from Microtec Research.
2581The exact nature of the
252b5132
RH
2582MRI syntax will not be documented here; see the MRI manuals for more
2583information. Note in particular that the handling of macros and macro
2584arguments is somewhat different. The purpose of this option is to permit
a4fb0134 2585assembling existing MRI assembler code using @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
2586
2587The MRI compatibility is not complete. Certain operations of the MRI assembler
2588depend upon its object file format, and can not be supported using other object
2589file formats. Supporting these would require enhancing each object file format
2590individually. These are:
2591
2592@itemize @bullet
2593@item global symbols in common section
2594
2595The m68k MRI assembler supports common sections which are merged by the linker.
a4fb0134 2596Other object file formats do not support this. @command{@value{AS}} handles
252b5132
RH
2597common sections by treating them as a single common symbol. It permits local
2598symbols to be defined within a common section, but it can not support global
2599symbols, since it has no way to describe them.
2600
2601@item complex relocations
2602
2603The MRI assemblers support relocations against a negated section address, and
2604relocations which combine the start addresses of two or more sections. These
2605are not support by other object file formats.
2606
2607@item @code{END} pseudo-op specifying start address
2608
2609The MRI @code{END} pseudo-op permits the specification of a start address.
2610This is not supported by other object file formats. The start address may
a4fb0134 2611instead be specified using the @option{-e} option to the linker, or in a linker
252b5132
RH
2612script.
2613
2614@item @code{IDNT}, @code{.ident} and @code{NAME} pseudo-ops
2615
2616The MRI @code{IDNT}, @code{.ident} and @code{NAME} pseudo-ops assign a module
2617name to the output file. This is not supported by other object file formats.
2618
2619@item @code{ORG} pseudo-op
2620
2621The m68k MRI @code{ORG} pseudo-op begins an absolute section at a given
a4fb0134 2622address. This differs from the usual @command{@value{AS}} @code{.org} pseudo-op,
252b5132
RH
2623which changes the location within the current section. Absolute sections are
2624not supported by other object file formats. The address of a section may be
2625assigned within a linker script.
2626@end itemize
2627
2628There are some other features of the MRI assembler which are not supported by
a4fb0134 2629@command{@value{AS}}, typically either because they are difficult or because they
252b5132
RH
2630seem of little consequence. Some of these may be supported in future releases.
2631
2632@itemize @bullet
2633
2634@item EBCDIC strings
2635
2636EBCDIC strings are not supported.
2637
2638@item packed binary coded decimal
2639
2640Packed binary coded decimal is not supported. This means that the @code{DC.P}
2641and @code{DCB.P} pseudo-ops are not supported.
2642
2643@item @code{FEQU} pseudo-op
2644
2645The m68k @code{FEQU} pseudo-op is not supported.
2646
2647@item @code{NOOBJ} pseudo-op
2648
2649The m68k @code{NOOBJ} pseudo-op is not supported.
2650
2651@item @code{OPT} branch control options
2652
2653The m68k @code{OPT} branch control options---@code{B}, @code{BRS}, @code{BRB},
a4fb0134 2654@code{BRL}, and @code{BRW}---are ignored. @command{@value{AS}} automatically
252b5132
RH
2655relaxes all branches, whether forward or backward, to an appropriate size, so
2656these options serve no purpose.
2657
2658@item @code{OPT} list control options
2659
2660The following m68k @code{OPT} list control options are ignored: @code{C},
2661@code{CEX}, @code{CL}, @code{CRE}, @code{E}, @code{G}, @code{I}, @code{M},
2662@code{MEX}, @code{MC}, @code{MD}, @code{X}.
2663
2664@item other @code{OPT} options
2665
2666The following m68k @code{OPT} options are ignored: @code{NEST}, @code{O},
2667@code{OLD}, @code{OP}, @code{P}, @code{PCO}, @code{PCR}, @code{PCS}, @code{R}.
2668
2669@item @code{OPT} @code{D} option is default
2670
2671The m68k @code{OPT} @code{D} option is the default, unlike the MRI assembler.
2672@code{OPT NOD} may be used to turn it off.
2673
2674@item @code{XREF} pseudo-op.
2675
2676The m68k @code{XREF} pseudo-op is ignored.
2677
252b5132
RH
2678@end itemize
2679
2680@node MD
c1253627 2681@section Dependency Tracking: @option{--MD}
252b5132
RH
2682
2683@kindex --MD
2684@cindex dependency tracking
2685@cindex make rules
2686
a4fb0134 2687@command{@value{AS}} can generate a dependency file for the file it creates. This
252b5132
RH
2688file consists of a single rule suitable for @code{make} describing the
2689dependencies of the main source file.
2690
2691The rule is written to the file named in its argument.
2692
2693This feature is used in the automatic updating of makefiles.
2694
2edb36e7
NC
2695@node no-pad-sections
2696@section Output Section Padding
2697@kindex --no-pad-sections
2698@cindex output section padding
2699Normally the assembler will pad the end of each output section up to its
2700alignment boundary. But this can waste space, which can be significant on
2701memory constrained targets. So the @option{--no-pad-sections} option will
2702disable this behaviour.
2703
252b5132 2704@node o
a4fb0134 2705@section Name the Object File: @option{-o}
252b5132
RH
2706
2707@kindex -o
2708@cindex naming object file
2709@cindex object file name
a4fb0134 2710There is always one object file output when you run @command{@value{AS}}. By
a8eb42a8 2711default it has the name @file{a.out}.
252b5132
RH
2712You use this option (which takes exactly one filename) to give the
2713object file a different name.
2714
a4fb0134 2715Whatever the object file is called, @command{@value{AS}} overwrites any
252b5132
RH
2716existing file of the same name.
2717
2718@node R
a4fb0134 2719@section Join Data and Text Sections: @option{-R}
252b5132
RH
2720
2721@kindex -R
2722@cindex data and text sections, joining
2723@cindex text and data sections, joining
2724@cindex joining text and data sections
2725@cindex merging text and data sections
a4fb0134 2726@option{-R} tells @command{@value{AS}} to write the object file as if all
252b5132
RH
2727data-section data lives in the text section. This is only done at
2728the very last moment: your binary data are the same, but data
2729section parts are relocated differently. The data section part of
2730your object file is zero bytes long because all its bytes are
2731appended to the text section. (@xref{Sections,,Sections and Relocation}.)
2732
a4fb0134 2733When you specify @option{-R} it would be possible to generate shorter
252b5132
RH
2734address displacements (because we do not have to cross between text and
2735data section). We refrain from doing this simply for compatibility with
a4fb0134 2736older versions of @command{@value{AS}}. In future, @option{-R} may work this way.
252b5132 2737
c1253627
NC
2738@ifset COFF-ELF
2739When @command{@value{AS}} is configured for COFF or ELF output,
252b5132
RH
2740this option is only useful if you use sections named @samp{.text} and
2741@samp{.data}.
2742@end ifset
2743
2744@ifset HPPA
a4fb0134
SC
2745@option{-R} is not supported for any of the HPPA targets. Using
2746@option{-R} generates a warning from @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
2747@end ifset
2748
2749@node statistics
a4fb0134 2750@section Display Assembly Statistics: @option{--statistics}
252b5132
RH
2751
2752@kindex --statistics
2753@cindex statistics, about assembly
2754@cindex time, total for assembly
2755@cindex space used, maximum for assembly
2756Use @samp{--statistics} to display two statistics about the resources used by
a4fb0134 2757@command{@value{AS}}: the maximum amount of space allocated during the assembly
252b5132
RH
2758(in bytes), and the total execution time taken for the assembly (in @sc{cpu}
2759seconds).
2760
2761@node traditional-format
c1253627 2762@section Compatible Output: @option{--traditional-format}
252b5132
RH
2763
2764@kindex --traditional-format
a4fb0134 2765For some targets, the output of @command{@value{AS}} is different in some ways
252b5132 2766from the output of some existing assembler. This switch requests
a4fb0134 2767@command{@value{AS}} to use the traditional format instead.
252b5132
RH
2768
2769For example, it disables the exception frame optimizations which
a4fb0134 2770@command{@value{AS}} normally does by default on @code{@value{GCC}} output.
252b5132
RH
2771
2772@node v
a4fb0134 2773@section Announce Version: @option{-v}
252b5132
RH
2774
2775@kindex -v
2776@kindex -version
2777@cindex assembler version
2778@cindex version of assembler
2779You can find out what version of as is running by including the
2780option @samp{-v} (which you can also spell as @samp{-version}) on the
2781command line.
2782
2783@node W
a4fb0134 2784@section Control Warnings: @option{-W}, @option{--warn}, @option{--no-warn}, @option{--fatal-warnings}
252b5132 2785
a4fb0134 2786@command{@value{AS}} should never give a warning or error message when
252b5132 2787assembling compiler output. But programs written by people often
a4fb0134 2788cause @command{@value{AS}} to give a warning that a particular assumption was
252b5132 2789made. All such warnings are directed to the standard error file.
2bdd6cf5 2790
c1253627
NC
2791@kindex -W
2792@kindex --no-warn
2bdd6cf5
GK
2793@cindex suppressing warnings
2794@cindex warnings, suppressing
a4fb0134 2795If you use the @option{-W} and @option{--no-warn} options, no warnings are issued.
2bdd6cf5 2796This only affects the warning messages: it does not change any particular of
a4fb0134 2797how @command{@value{AS}} assembles your file. Errors, which stop the assembly,
2bdd6cf5
GK
2798are still reported.
2799
c1253627 2800@kindex --fatal-warnings
2bdd6cf5
GK
2801@cindex errors, caused by warnings
2802@cindex warnings, causing error
a4fb0134 2803If you use the @option{--fatal-warnings} option, @command{@value{AS}} considers
2bdd6cf5
GK
2804files that generate warnings to be in error.
2805
c1253627 2806@kindex --warn
2bdd6cf5 2807@cindex warnings, switching on
a4fb0134 2808You can switch these options off again by specifying @option{--warn}, which
2bdd6cf5 2809causes warnings to be output as usual.
252b5132
RH
2810
2811@node Z
a4fb0134 2812@section Generate Object File in Spite of Errors: @option{-Z}
252b5132
RH
2813@cindex object file, after errors
2814@cindex errors, continuing after
a4fb0134 2815After an error message, @command{@value{AS}} normally produces no output. If for
252b5132 2816some reason you are interested in object file output even after
a4fb0134
SC
2817@command{@value{AS}} gives an error message on your program, use the @samp{-Z}
2818option. If there are any errors, @command{@value{AS}} continues anyways, and
252b5132
RH
2819writes an object file after a final warning message of the form @samp{@var{n}
2820errors, @var{m} warnings, generating bad object file.}
2821
2822@node Syntax
2823@chapter Syntax
2824
2825@cindex machine-independent syntax
2826@cindex syntax, machine-independent
2827This chapter describes the machine-independent syntax allowed in a
a4fb0134 2828source file. @command{@value{AS}} syntax is similar to what many other
252b5132
RH
2829assemblers use; it is inspired by the BSD 4.2
2830@ifclear VAX
2831assembler.
2832@end ifclear
2833@ifset VAX
a4fb0134 2834assembler, except that @command{@value{AS}} does not assemble Vax bit-fields.
252b5132
RH
2835@end ifset
2836
2837@menu
7c31ae13 2838* Preprocessing:: Preprocessing
252b5132
RH
2839* Whitespace:: Whitespace
2840* Comments:: Comments
2841* Symbol Intro:: Symbols
2842* Statements:: Statements
2843* Constants:: Constants
2844@end menu
2845
2846@node Preprocessing
2847@section Preprocessing
2848
2849@cindex preprocessing
a4fb0134 2850The @command{@value{AS}} internal preprocessor:
252b5132
RH
2851@itemize @bullet
2852@cindex whitespace, removed by preprocessor
2853@item
2854adjusts and removes extra whitespace. It leaves one space or tab before
2855the keywords on a line, and turns any other whitespace on the line into
2856a single space.
2857
2858@cindex comments, removed by preprocessor
2859@item
2860removes all comments, replacing them with a single space, or an
2861appropriate number of newlines.
2862
2863@cindex constants, converted by preprocessor
2864@item
2865converts character constants into the appropriate numeric values.
2866@end itemize
2867
2868It does not do macro processing, include file handling, or
2869anything else you may get from your C compiler's preprocessor. You can
2870do include file processing with the @code{.include} directive
2871(@pxref{Include,,@code{.include}}). You can use the @sc{gnu} C compiler driver
c1253627 2872to get other ``CPP'' style preprocessing by giving the input file a
6ef719c0
NC
2873@samp{.S} suffix. @url{https://gcc.gnu.org/onlinedocs/gcc/Overall-Options.html#Overall-Options,
2874See the 'Options Controlling the Kind of Output' section of the GCC manual for
2875more details}
252b5132
RH
2876
2877Excess whitespace, comments, and character constants
2878cannot be used in the portions of the input text that are not
2879preprocessed.
2880
2881@cindex turning preprocessing on and off
2882@cindex preprocessing, turning on and off
2883@kindex #NO_APP
2884@kindex #APP
2885If the first line of an input file is @code{#NO_APP} or if you use the
2886@samp{-f} option, whitespace and comments are not removed from the input file.
2887Within an input file, you can ask for whitespace and comment removal in
2888specific portions of the by putting a line that says @code{#APP} before the
2889text that may contain whitespace or comments, and putting a line that says
2890@code{#NO_APP} after this text. This feature is mainly intend to support
2891@code{asm} statements in compilers whose output is otherwise free of comments
2892and whitespace.
2893
2894@node Whitespace
2895@section Whitespace
2896
2897@cindex whitespace
2898@dfn{Whitespace} is one or more blanks or tabs, in any order.
2899Whitespace is used to separate symbols, and to make programs neater for
2900people to read. Unless within character constants
2901(@pxref{Characters,,Character Constants}), any whitespace means the same
2902as exactly one space.
2903
2904@node Comments
2905@section Comments
2906
2907@cindex comments
a4fb0134 2908There are two ways of rendering comments to @command{@value{AS}}. In both
252b5132
RH
2909cases the comment is equivalent to one space.
2910
2911Anything from @samp{/*} through the next @samp{*/} is a comment.
2912This means you may not nest these comments.
2913
2914@smallexample
2915/*
2916 The only way to include a newline ('\n') in a comment
2917 is to use this sort of comment.
2918*/
2919
2920/* This sort of comment does not nest. */
2921@end smallexample
2922
2923@cindex line comment character
7c31ae13
NC
2924Anything from a @dfn{line comment} character up to the next newline is
2925considered a comment and is ignored. The line comment character is target
2926specific, and some targets multiple comment characters. Some targets also have
2927line comment characters that only work if they are the first character on a
2928line. Some targets use a sequence of two characters to introduce a line
2929comment. Some targets can also change their line comment characters depending
a05a5b64 2930upon command-line options that have been used. For more details see the
7c31ae13
NC
2931@emph{Syntax} section in the documentation for individual targets.
2932
2933If the line comment character is the hash sign (@samp{#}) then it still has the
2934special ability to enable and disable preprocessing (@pxref{Preprocessing}) and
2935to specify logical line numbers:
252b5132
RH
2936
2937@kindex #
2938@cindex lines starting with @code{#}
2939@cindex logical line numbers
2940To be compatible with past assemblers, lines that begin with @samp{#} have a
2941special interpretation. Following the @samp{#} should be an absolute
2942expression (@pxref{Expressions}): the logical line number of the @emph{next}
96e9638b 2943line. Then a string (@pxref{Strings, ,Strings}) is allowed: if present it is a
252b5132
RH
2944new logical file name. The rest of the line, if any, should be whitespace.
2945
2946If the first non-whitespace characters on the line are not numeric,
2947the line is ignored. (Just like a comment.)
2948
2949@smallexample
2950 # This is an ordinary comment.
2951# 42-6 "new_file_name" # New logical file name
2952 # This is logical line # 36.
2953@end smallexample
2954This feature is deprecated, and may disappear from future versions
a4fb0134 2955of @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
2956
2957@node Symbol Intro
2958@section Symbols
2959
2960@cindex characters used in symbols
2961@ifclear SPECIAL-SYMS
2962A @dfn{symbol} is one or more characters chosen from the set of all
2963letters (both upper and lower case), digits and the three characters
2964@samp{_.$}.
2965@end ifclear
2966@ifset SPECIAL-SYMS
2967@ifclear GENERIC
2968@ifset H8
2969A @dfn{symbol} is one or more characters chosen from the set of all
2970letters (both upper and lower case), digits and the three characters
2971@samp{._$}. (Save that, on the H8/300 only, you may not use @samp{$} in
2972symbol names.)
2973@end ifset
2974@end ifclear
2975@end ifset
2976@ifset GENERIC
2977On most machines, you can also use @code{$} in symbol names; exceptions
2978are noted in @ref{Machine Dependencies}.
2979@end ifset
2980No symbol may begin with a digit. Case is significant.
d02603dc 2981There is no length limit; all characters are significant. Multibyte characters
578c64a4
NC
2982are supported, but note that the setting of the
2983@option{--multibyte-handling} option might prevent their use. Symbols
2984are delimited by characters not in that set, or by the beginning of a file
2985(since the source program must end with a newline, the end of a file is not a
2986possible symbol delimiter). @xref{Symbols}.
d02603dc
NC
2987
2988Symbol names may also be enclosed in double quote @code{"} characters. In such
2989cases any characters are allowed, except for the NUL character. If a double
608d61c2 2990quote character is to be included in the symbol name it must be preceded by a
d02603dc 2991backslash @code{\} character.
252b5132
RH
2992@cindex length of symbols
2993
2994@node Statements
2995@section Statements
2996
2997@cindex statements, structure of
2998@cindex line separator character
2999@cindex statement separator character
7c31ae13
NC
3000
3001A @dfn{statement} ends at a newline character (@samp{\n}) or a
3002@dfn{line separator character}. The line separator character is target
3003specific and described in the @emph{Syntax} section of each
3004target's documentation. Not all targets support a line separator character.
3005The newline or line separator character is considered to be part of the
3006preceding statement. Newlines and separators within character constants are an
252b5132 3007exception: they do not end statements.
252b5132
RH
3008
3009@cindex newline, required at file end
3010@cindex EOF, newline must precede
3011It is an error to end any statement with end-of-file: the last
3012character of any input file should be a newline.@refill
3013
3014An empty statement is allowed, and may include whitespace. It is ignored.
3015
3016@cindex instructions and directives
3017@cindex directives and instructions
3018@c "key symbol" is not used elsewhere in the document; seems pedantic to
3019@c @defn{} it in that case, as was done previously... doc@cygnus.com,
3020@c 13feb91.
3021A statement begins with zero or more labels, optionally followed by a
3022key symbol which determines what kind of statement it is. The key
3023symbol determines the syntax of the rest of the statement. If the
3024symbol begins with a dot @samp{.} then the statement is an assembler
3025directive: typically valid for any computer. If the symbol begins with
3026a letter the statement is an assembly language @dfn{instruction}: it
3027assembles into a machine language instruction.
3028@ifset GENERIC
a4fb0134 3029Different versions of @command{@value{AS}} for different computers
252b5132
RH
3030recognize different instructions. In fact, the same symbol may
3031represent a different instruction in a different computer's assembly
3032language.@refill
3033@end ifset
3034
3035@cindex @code{:} (label)
3036@cindex label (@code{:})
3037A label is a symbol immediately followed by a colon (@code{:}).
3038Whitespace before a label or after a colon is permitted, but you may not
3039have whitespace between a label's symbol and its colon. @xref{Labels}.
3040
3041@ifset HPPA
01642c12 3042For HPPA targets, labels need not be immediately followed by a colon, but
252b5132
RH
3043the definition of a label must begin in column zero. This also implies that
3044only one label may be defined on each line.
3045@end ifset
3046
3047@smallexample
3048label: .directive followed by something
3049another_label: # This is an empty statement.
3050 instruction operand_1, operand_2, @dots{}
3051@end smallexample
3052
3053@node Constants
3054@section Constants
3055
3056@cindex constants
3057A constant is a number, written so that its value is known by
3058inspection, without knowing any context. Like this:
3059@smallexample
3060@group
3061.byte 74, 0112, 092, 0x4A, 0X4a, 'J, '\J # All the same value.
3062.ascii "Ring the bell\7" # A string constant.
3063.octa 0x123456789abcdef0123456789ABCDEF0 # A bignum.
3064.float 0f-314159265358979323846264338327\
306595028841971.693993751E-40 # - pi, a flonum.
3066@end group
3067@end smallexample
3068
3069@menu
3070* Characters:: Character Constants
3071* Numbers:: Number Constants
3072@end menu
3073
3074@node Characters
3075@subsection Character Constants
3076
3077@cindex character constants
3078@cindex constants, character
3079There are two kinds of character constants. A @dfn{character} stands
3080for one character in one byte and its value may be used in
3081numeric expressions. String constants (properly called string
3082@emph{literals}) are potentially many bytes and their values may not be
3083used in arithmetic expressions.
3084
3085@menu
3086* Strings:: Strings
3087* Chars:: Characters
3088@end menu
3089
3090@node Strings
3091@subsubsection Strings
3092
3093@cindex string constants
3094@cindex constants, string
3095A @dfn{string} is written between double-quotes. It may contain
3096double-quotes or null characters. The way to get special characters
3097into a string is to @dfn{escape} these characters: precede them with
3098a backslash @samp{\} character. For example @samp{\\} represents
3099one backslash: the first @code{\} is an escape which tells
a4fb0134
SC
3100@command{@value{AS}} to interpret the second character literally as a backslash
3101(which prevents @command{@value{AS}} from recognizing the second @code{\} as an
252b5132
RH
3102escape character). The complete list of escapes follows.
3103
3104@cindex escape codes, character
3105@cindex character escape codes
361fa3a4
NC
3106@c NOTE: Cindex entries must not start with a backlash character.
3107@c NOTE: This confuses the pdf2texi script when it is creating the
3108@c NOTE: index based upon the first character and so it generates:
3109@c NOTE: \initial {\\}
3110@c NOTE: which then results in the error message:
3111@c NOTE: Argument of \\ has an extra }.
3112@c NOTE: So in the index entries below a space character has been
3113@c NOTE: prepended to avoid this problem.
252b5132
RH
3114@table @kbd
3115@c @item \a
3116@c Mnemonic for ACKnowledge; for ASCII this is octal code 007.
3117@c
361fa3a4 3118@cindex @code{ \b} (backspace character)
252b5132
RH
3119@cindex backspace (@code{\b})
3120@item \b
3121Mnemonic for backspace; for ASCII this is octal code 010.
3122
3123@c @item \e
3124@c Mnemonic for EOText; for ASCII this is octal code 004.
3125@c
361fa3a4 3126@cindex @code{ \f} (formfeed character)
252b5132 3127@cindex formfeed (@code{\f})
361fa3a4 3128@item backslash-f
252b5132
RH
3129Mnemonic for FormFeed; for ASCII this is octal code 014.
3130
361fa3a4 3131@cindex @code{ \n} (newline character)
252b5132
RH
3132@cindex newline (@code{\n})
3133@item \n
3134Mnemonic for newline; for ASCII this is octal code 012.
3135
3136@c @item \p
3137@c Mnemonic for prefix; for ASCII this is octal code 033, usually known as @code{escape}.
3138@c
361fa3a4
NC
3139@cindex @code{ \r} (carriage return character)
3140@cindex carriage return (@code{backslash-r})
252b5132
RH
3141@item \r
3142Mnemonic for carriage-Return; for ASCII this is octal code 015.
3143
3144@c @item \s
3145@c Mnemonic for space; for ASCII this is octal code 040. Included for compliance with
3146@c other assemblers.
3147@c
361fa3a4 3148@cindex @code{ \t} (tab)
252b5132
RH
3149@cindex tab (@code{\t})
3150@item \t
3151Mnemonic for horizontal Tab; for ASCII this is octal code 011.
3152
3153@c @item \v
3154@c Mnemonic for Vertical tab; for ASCII this is octal code 013.
3155@c @item \x @var{digit} @var{digit} @var{digit}
3156@c A hexadecimal character code. The numeric code is 3 hexadecimal digits.
3157@c
361fa3a4 3158@cindex @code{ \@var{ddd}} (octal character code)
252b5132
RH
3159@cindex octal character code (@code{\@var{ddd}})
3160@item \ @var{digit} @var{digit} @var{digit}
3161An octal character code. The numeric code is 3 octal digits.
3162For compatibility with other Unix systems, 8 and 9 are accepted as digits:
3163for example, @code{\008} has the value 010, and @code{\009} the value 011.
3164
361fa3a4 3165@cindex @code{ \@var{xd...}} (hex character code)
252b5132
RH
3166@cindex hex character code (@code{\@var{xd...}})
3167@item \@code{x} @var{hex-digits...}
3168A hex character code. All trailing hex digits are combined. Either upper or
3169lower case @code{x} works.
3170
361fa3a4 3171@cindex @code{ \\} (@samp{\} character)
252b5132
RH
3172@cindex backslash (@code{\\})
3173@item \\
3174Represents one @samp{\} character.
3175
3176@c @item \'
3177@c Represents one @samp{'} (accent acute) character.
3178@c This is needed in single character literals
3179@c (@xref{Characters,,Character Constants}.) to represent
3180@c a @samp{'}.
3181@c
361fa3a4 3182@cindex @code{ \"} (doublequote character)
252b5132
RH
3183@cindex doublequote (@code{\"})
3184@item \"
3185Represents one @samp{"} character. Needed in strings to represent
3186this character, because an unescaped @samp{"} would end the string.
3187
3188@item \ @var{anything-else}
3189Any other character when escaped by @kbd{\} gives a warning, but
3190assembles as if the @samp{\} was not present. The idea is that if
3191you used an escape sequence you clearly didn't want the literal
a4fb0134
SC
3192interpretation of the following character. However @command{@value{AS}} has no
3193other interpretation, so @command{@value{AS}} knows it is giving you the wrong
252b5132
RH
3194code and warns you of the fact.
3195@end table
3196
3197Which characters are escapable, and what those escapes represent,
3198varies widely among assemblers. The current set is what we think
3199the BSD 4.2 assembler recognizes, and is a subset of what most C
3200compilers recognize. If you are in doubt, do not use an escape
3201sequence.
3202
3203@node Chars
3204@subsubsection Characters
3205
3206@cindex single character constant
3207@cindex character, single
3208@cindex constant, single character
9962fe29
AM
3209A single character may be written as a single quote immediately followed by
3210that character. Some backslash escapes apply to characters, @code{\b},
3211@code{\f}, @code{\n}, @code{\r}, @code{\t}, and @code{\"} with the same meaning
3212as for strings, plus @code{\'} for a single quote. So if you want to write the
3213character backslash, you must write @kbd{'\\} where the first @code{\} escapes
3214the second @code{\}. As you can see, the quote is an acute accent, not a grave
3215accent. A newline
252b5132
RH
3216@ifclear GENERIC
3217@ifclear abnormal-separator
3218(or semicolon @samp{;})
3219@end ifclear
3220@ifset abnormal-separator
252b5132
RH
3221@ifset H8
3222(or dollar sign @samp{$}, for the H8/300; or semicolon @samp{;} for the
7be1c489 3223Renesas SH)
252b5132
RH
3224@end ifset
3225@end ifset
3226@end ifclear
3227immediately following an acute accent is taken as a literal character
3228and does not count as the end of a statement. The value of a character
3229constant in a numeric expression is the machine's byte-wide code for
a4fb0134 3230that character. @command{@value{AS}} assumes your character code is ASCII:
252b5132
RH
3231@kbd{'A} means 65, @kbd{'B} means 66, and so on. @refill
3232
3233@node Numbers
3234@subsection Number Constants
3235
3236@cindex constants, number
3237@cindex number constants
a4fb0134 3238@command{@value{AS}} distinguishes three kinds of numbers according to how they
252b5132
RH
3239are stored in the target machine. @emph{Integers} are numbers that
3240would fit into an @code{int} in the C language. @emph{Bignums} are
3241integers, but they are stored in more than 32 bits. @emph{Flonums}
3242are floating point numbers, described below.
3243
3244@menu
3245* Integers:: Integers
3246* Bignums:: Bignums
3247* Flonums:: Flonums
3248@ifclear GENERIC
252b5132
RH
3249@end ifclear
3250@end menu
3251
3252@node Integers
3253@subsubsection Integers
3254@cindex integers
3255@cindex constants, integer
3256
3257@cindex binary integers
3258@cindex integers, binary
3259A binary integer is @samp{0b} or @samp{0B} followed by zero or more of
3260the binary digits @samp{01}.
3261
3262@cindex octal integers
3263@cindex integers, octal
3264An octal integer is @samp{0} followed by zero or more of the octal
3265digits (@samp{01234567}).
3266
3267@cindex decimal integers
3268@cindex integers, decimal
3269A decimal integer starts with a non-zero digit followed by zero or
3270more digits (@samp{0123456789}).
3271
3272@cindex hexadecimal integers
3273@cindex integers, hexadecimal
3274A hexadecimal integer is @samp{0x} or @samp{0X} followed by one or
3275more hexadecimal digits chosen from @samp{0123456789abcdefABCDEF}.
3276
3277Integers have the usual values. To denote a negative integer, use
3278the prefix operator @samp{-} discussed under expressions
3279(@pxref{Prefix Ops,,Prefix Operators}).
3280
3281@node Bignums
3282@subsubsection Bignums
3283
3284@cindex bignums
3285@cindex constants, bignum
3286A @dfn{bignum} has the same syntax and semantics as an integer
3287except that the number (or its negative) takes more than 32 bits to
3288represent in binary. The distinction is made because in some places
3289integers are permitted while bignums are not.
3290
3291@node Flonums
3292@subsubsection Flonums
3293@cindex flonums
3294@cindex floating point numbers
3295@cindex constants, floating point
3296
3297@cindex precision, floating point
3298A @dfn{flonum} represents a floating point number. The translation is
3299indirect: a decimal floating point number from the text is converted by
a4fb0134 3300@command{@value{AS}} to a generic binary floating point number of more than
252b5132
RH
3301sufficient precision. This generic floating point number is converted
3302to a particular computer's floating point format (or formats) by a
a4fb0134 3303portion of @command{@value{AS}} specialized to that computer.
252b5132
RH
3304
3305A flonum is written by writing (in order)
3306@itemize @bullet
3307@item
3308The digit @samp{0}.
3309@ifset HPPA
3310(@samp{0} is optional on the HPPA.)
3311@end ifset
3312
3313@item
a4fb0134 3314A letter, to tell @command{@value{AS}} the rest of the number is a flonum.
252b5132
RH
3315@ifset GENERIC
3316@kbd{e} is recommended. Case is not important.
3317@ignore
3318@c FIXME: verify if flonum syntax really this vague for most cases
3319(Any otherwise illegal letter works here, but that might be changed. Vax BSD
33204.2 assembler seems to allow any of @samp{defghDEFGH}.)
3321@end ignore
3322
a8eb42a8 3323On the H8/300 and Renesas / SuperH SH architectures, the letter must be
252b5132
RH
3324one of the letters @samp{DFPRSX} (in upper or lower case).
3325
3326On the ARC, the letter must be one of the letters @samp{DFRS}
3327(in upper or lower case).
3328
252b5132
RH
3329On the HPPA architecture, the letter must be @samp{E} (upper case only).
3330@end ifset
3331@ifclear GENERIC
252b5132
RH
3332@ifset ARC
3333One of the letters @samp{DFRS} (in upper or lower case).
3334@end ifset
3335@ifset H8
3336One of the letters @samp{DFPRSX} (in upper or lower case).
3337@end ifset
3338@ifset HPPA
3339The letter @samp{E} (upper case only).
3340@end ifset
252b5132
RH
3341@end ifclear
3342
3343@item
3344An optional sign: either @samp{+} or @samp{-}.
3345
3346@item
3347An optional @dfn{integer part}: zero or more decimal digits.
3348
3349@item
3350An optional @dfn{fractional part}: @samp{.} followed by zero
3351or more decimal digits.
3352
3353@item
3354An optional exponent, consisting of:
3355
3356@itemize @bullet
3357@item
3358An @samp{E} or @samp{e}.
3359@c I can't find a config where "EXP_CHARS" is other than 'eE', but in
3360@c principle this can perfectly well be different on different targets.
3361@item
3362Optional sign: either @samp{+} or @samp{-}.
3363@item
3364One or more decimal digits.
3365@end itemize
3366
3367@end itemize
3368
3369At least one of the integer part or the fractional part must be
3370present. The floating point number has the usual base-10 value.
3371
a4fb0134 3372@command{@value{AS}} does all processing using integers. Flonums are computed
252b5132 3373independently of any floating point hardware in the computer running
a4fb0134 3374@command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132 3375
252b5132
RH
3376@node Sections
3377@chapter Sections and Relocation
3378@cindex sections
3379@cindex relocation
3380
3381@menu
3382* Secs Background:: Background
3383* Ld Sections:: Linker Sections
3384* As Sections:: Assembler Internal Sections
3385* Sub-Sections:: Sub-Sections
3386* bss:: bss Section
3387@end menu
3388
3389@node Secs Background
3390@section Background
3391
3392Roughly, a section is a range of addresses, with no gaps; all data
3393``in'' those addresses is treated the same for some particular purpose.
3394For example there may be a ``read only'' section.
3395
3396@cindex linker, and assembler
3397@cindex assembler, and linker
3398The linker @code{@value{LD}} reads many object files (partial programs) and
a4fb0134 3399combines their contents to form a runnable program. When @command{@value{AS}}
252b5132
RH
3400emits an object file, the partial program is assumed to start at address 0.
3401@code{@value{LD}} assigns the final addresses for the partial program, so that
3402different partial programs do not overlap. This is actually an
a4fb0134 3403oversimplification, but it suffices to explain how @command{@value{AS}} uses
252b5132
RH
3404sections.
3405
3406@code{@value{LD}} moves blocks of bytes of your program to their run-time
3407addresses. These blocks slide to their run-time addresses as rigid
3408units; their length does not change and neither does the order of bytes
3409within them. Such a rigid unit is called a @emph{section}. Assigning
3410run-time addresses to sections is called @dfn{relocation}. It includes
3411the task of adjusting mentions of object-file addresses so they refer to
3412the proper run-time addresses.
3413@ifset H8
7be1c489 3414For the H8/300, and for the Renesas / SuperH SH,
a4fb0134 3415@command{@value{AS}} pads sections if needed to
252b5132
RH
3416ensure they end on a word (sixteen bit) boundary.
3417@end ifset
3418
3419@cindex standard assembler sections
a4fb0134 3420An object file written by @command{@value{AS}} has at least three sections, any
252b5132
RH
3421of which may be empty. These are named @dfn{text}, @dfn{data} and
3422@dfn{bss} sections.
3423
c1253627 3424@ifset COFF-ELF
252b5132 3425@ifset GENERIC
c1253627 3426When it generates COFF or ELF output,
252b5132 3427@end ifset
a4fb0134 3428@command{@value{AS}} can also generate whatever other named sections you specify
252b5132
RH
3429using the @samp{.section} directive (@pxref{Section,,@code{.section}}).
3430If you do not use any directives that place output in the @samp{.text}
3431or @samp{.data} sections, these sections still exist, but are empty.
3432@end ifset
3433
3434@ifset HPPA
3435@ifset GENERIC
a4fb0134 3436When @command{@value{AS}} generates SOM or ELF output for the HPPA,
252b5132 3437@end ifset
a4fb0134 3438@command{@value{AS}} can also generate whatever other named sections you
252b5132
RH
3439specify using the @samp{.space} and @samp{.subspace} directives. See
3440@cite{HP9000 Series 800 Assembly Language Reference Manual}
3441(HP 92432-90001) for details on the @samp{.space} and @samp{.subspace}
3442assembler directives.
3443
3444@ifset SOM
a4fb0134 3445Additionally, @command{@value{AS}} uses different names for the standard
252b5132
RH
3446text, data, and bss sections when generating SOM output. Program text
3447is placed into the @samp{$CODE$} section, data into @samp{$DATA$}, and
3448BSS into @samp{$BSS$}.
3449@end ifset
3450@end ifset
3451
3452Within the object file, the text section starts at address @code{0}, the
3453data section follows, and the bss section follows the data section.
3454
3455@ifset HPPA
3456When generating either SOM or ELF output files on the HPPA, the text
3457section starts at address @code{0}, the data section at address
3458@code{0x4000000}, and the bss section follows the data section.
3459@end ifset
3460
3461To let @code{@value{LD}} know which data changes when the sections are
a4fb0134 3462relocated, and how to change that data, @command{@value{AS}} also writes to the
252b5132
RH
3463object file details of the relocation needed. To perform relocation
3464@code{@value{LD}} must know, each time an address in the object
3465file is mentioned:
3466@itemize @bullet
3467@item
3468Where in the object file is the beginning of this reference to
3469an address?
3470@item
3471How long (in bytes) is this reference?
3472@item
3473Which section does the address refer to? What is the numeric value of
3474@display
3475(@var{address}) @minus{} (@var{start-address of section})?
3476@end display
3477@item
3478Is the reference to an address ``Program-Counter relative''?
3479@end itemize
3480
3481@cindex addresses, format of
3482@cindex section-relative addressing
a4fb0134 3483In fact, every address @command{@value{AS}} ever uses is expressed as
252b5132
RH
3484@display
3485(@var{section}) + (@var{offset into section})
3486@end display
3487@noindent
a4fb0134 3488Further, most expressions @command{@value{AS}} computes have this section-relative
252b5132
RH
3489nature.
3490@ifset SOM
3491(For some object formats, such as SOM for the HPPA, some expressions are
3492symbol-relative instead.)
3493@end ifset
3494
3495In this manual we use the notation @{@var{secname} @var{N}@} to mean ``offset
3496@var{N} into section @var{secname}.''
3497
3498Apart from text, data and bss sections you need to know about the
3499@dfn{absolute} section. When @code{@value{LD}} mixes partial programs,
3500addresses in the absolute section remain unchanged. For example, address
3501@code{@{absolute 0@}} is ``relocated'' to run-time address 0 by
3502@code{@value{LD}}. Although the linker never arranges two partial programs'
3503data sections with overlapping addresses after linking, @emph{by definition}
3504their absolute sections must overlap. Address @code{@{absolute@ 239@}} in one
3505part of a program is always the same address when the program is running as
3506address @code{@{absolute@ 239@}} in any other part of the program.
3507
3508The idea of sections is extended to the @dfn{undefined} section. Any
3509address whose section is unknown at assembly time is by definition
3510rendered @{undefined @var{U}@}---where @var{U} is filled in later.
3511Since numbers are always defined, the only way to generate an undefined
3512address is to mention an undefined symbol. A reference to a named
3513common block would be such a symbol: its value is unknown at assembly
3514time so it has section @emph{undefined}.
3515
3516By analogy the word @emph{section} is used to describe groups of sections in
3517the linked program. @code{@value{LD}} puts all partial programs' text
3518sections in contiguous addresses in the linked program. It is
3519customary to refer to the @emph{text section} of a program, meaning all
3520the addresses of all partial programs' text sections. Likewise for
3521data and bss sections.
3522
3523Some sections are manipulated by @code{@value{LD}}; others are invented for
a4fb0134 3524use of @command{@value{AS}} and have no meaning except during assembly.
252b5132
RH
3525
3526@node Ld Sections
3527@section Linker Sections
3528@code{@value{LD}} deals with just four kinds of sections, summarized below.
3529
3530@table @strong
3531
c1253627 3532@ifset COFF-ELF
252b5132
RH
3533@cindex named sections
3534@cindex sections, named
3535@item named sections
3536@end ifset
a8eb42a8 3537@ifset aout
252b5132
RH
3538@cindex text section
3539@cindex data section
3540@itemx text section
3541@itemx data section
3542@end ifset
a4fb0134 3543These sections hold your program. @command{@value{AS}} and @code{@value{LD}} treat them as
252b5132 3544separate but equal sections. Anything you can say of one section is
c1253627 3545true of another.
a8eb42a8 3546@c @ifset aout
252b5132
RH
3547When the program is running, however, it is
3548customary for the text section to be unalterable. The
3549text section is often shared among processes: it contains
3550instructions, constants and the like. The data section of a running
3551program is usually alterable: for example, C variables would be stored
3552in the data section.
c1253627 3553@c @end ifset
252b5132
RH
3554
3555@cindex bss section
3556@item bss section
3557This section contains zeroed bytes when your program begins running. It
a349d9dd 3558is used to hold uninitialized variables or common storage. The length of
252b5132
RH
3559each partial program's bss section is important, but because it starts
3560out containing zeroed bytes there is no need to store explicit zero
3561bytes in the object file. The bss section was invented to eliminate
3562those explicit zeros from object files.
3563
3564@cindex absolute section
3565@item absolute section
3566Address 0 of this section is always ``relocated'' to runtime address 0.
3567This is useful if you want to refer to an address that @code{@value{LD}} must
3568not change when relocating. In this sense we speak of absolute
3569addresses being ``unrelocatable'': they do not change during relocation.
3570
3571@cindex undefined section
3572@item undefined section
3573This ``section'' is a catch-all for address references to objects not in
3574the preceding sections.
3575@c FIXME: ref to some other doc on obj-file formats could go here.
3576@end table
3577
3578@cindex relocation example
3579An idealized example of three relocatable sections follows.
c1253627 3580@ifset COFF-ELF
252b5132
RH
3581The example uses the traditional section names @samp{.text} and @samp{.data}.
3582@end ifset
3583Memory addresses are on the horizontal axis.
3584
3585@c TEXI2ROFF-KILL
c1253627 3586@ifnottex
252b5132
RH
3587@c END TEXI2ROFF-KILL
3588@smallexample
3589 +-----+----+--+
3590partial program # 1: |ttttt|dddd|00|
3591 +-----+----+--+
3592
3593 text data bss
3594 seg. seg. seg.
3595
3596 +---+---+---+
3597partial program # 2: |TTT|DDD|000|
3598 +---+---+---+
3599
3600 +--+---+-----+--+----+---+-----+~~
3601linked program: | |TTT|ttttt| |dddd|DDD|00000|
3602 +--+---+-----+--+----+---+-----+~~
3603
3604 addresses: 0 @dots{}
3605@end smallexample
3606@c TEXI2ROFF-KILL
c1253627 3607@end ifnottex
252b5132
RH
3608@need 5000
3609@tex
c1253627 3610\bigskip
252b5132
RH
3611\line{\it Partial program \#1: \hfil}
3612\line{\ibox{2.5cm}{\tt text}\ibox{2cm}{\tt data}\ibox{1cm}{\tt bss}\hfil}
3613\line{\boxit{2.5cm}{\tt ttttt}\boxit{2cm}{\tt dddd}\boxit{1cm}{\tt 00}\hfil}
3614
3615\line{\it Partial program \#2: \hfil}
3616\line{\ibox{1cm}{\tt text}\ibox{1.5cm}{\tt data}\ibox{1cm}{\tt bss}\hfil}
3617\line{\boxit{1cm}{\tt TTT}\boxit{1.5cm}{\tt DDDD}\boxit{1cm}{\tt 000}\hfil}
3618
3619\line{\it linked program: \hfil}
3620\line{\ibox{.5cm}{}\ibox{1cm}{\tt text}\ibox{2.5cm}{}\ibox{.75cm}{}\ibox{2cm}{\tt data}\ibox{1.5cm}{}\ibox{2cm}{\tt bss}\hfil}
3621\line{\boxit{.5cm}{}\boxit{1cm}{\tt TTT}\boxit{2.5cm}{\tt
3622ttttt}\boxit{.75cm}{}\boxit{2cm}{\tt dddd}\boxit{1.5cm}{\tt
3623DDDD}\boxit{2cm}{\tt 00000}\ \dots\hfil}
3624
3625\line{\it addresses: \hfil}
3626\line{0\dots\hfil}
3627
3628@end tex
3629@c END TEXI2ROFF-KILL
3630
3631@node As Sections
3632@section Assembler Internal Sections
3633
3634@cindex internal assembler sections
3635@cindex sections in messages, internal
a4fb0134 3636These sections are meant only for the internal use of @command{@value{AS}}. They
252b5132 3637have no meaning at run-time. You do not really need to know about these
a4fb0134 3638sections for most purposes; but they can be mentioned in @command{@value{AS}}
252b5132 3639warning messages, so it might be helpful to have an idea of their
a4fb0134 3640meanings to @command{@value{AS}}. These sections are used to permit the
252b5132
RH
3641value of every expression in your assembly language program to be a
3642section-relative address.
3643
3644@table @b
3645@cindex assembler internal logic error
3646@item ASSEMBLER-INTERNAL-LOGIC-ERROR!
3647An internal assembler logic error has been found. This means there is a
3648bug in the assembler.
3649
3650@cindex expr (internal section)
3651@item expr section
3652The assembler stores complex expression internally as combinations of
3653symbols. When it needs to represent an expression as a symbol, it puts
3654it in the expr section.
3655@c FIXME item debug
3656@c FIXME item transfer[t] vector preload
3657@c FIXME item transfer[t] vector postload
3658@c FIXME item register
3659@end table
3660
3661@node Sub-Sections
3662@section Sub-Sections
3663
3664@cindex numbered subsections
3665@cindex grouping data
a8eb42a8 3666@ifset aout
252b5132 3667Assembled bytes
c1253627 3668@ifset COFF-ELF
252b5132
RH
3669conventionally
3670@end ifset
3671fall into two sections: text and data.
3672@end ifset
3673You may have separate groups of
3674@ifset GENERIC
3675data in named sections
3676@end ifset
3677@ifclear GENERIC
a8eb42a8 3678@ifclear aout
252b5132
RH
3679data in named sections
3680@end ifclear
a8eb42a8 3681@ifset aout
252b5132
RH
3682text or data
3683@end ifset
3684@end ifclear
3685that you want to end up near to each other in the object file, even though they
a4fb0134 3686are not contiguous in the assembler source. @command{@value{AS}} allows you to
252b5132
RH
3687use @dfn{subsections} for this purpose. Within each section, there can be
3688numbered subsections with values from 0 to 8192. Objects assembled into the
3689same subsection go into the object file together with other objects in the same
3690subsection. For example, a compiler might want to store constants in the text
3691section, but might not want to have them interspersed with the program being
3692assembled. In this case, the compiler could issue a @samp{.text 0} before each
3693section of code being output, and a @samp{.text 1} before each group of
3694constants being output.
3695
3696Subsections are optional. If you do not use subsections, everything
3697goes in subsection number zero.
3698
3699@ifset GENERIC
3700Each subsection is zero-padded up to a multiple of four bytes.
3701(Subsections may be padded a different amount on different flavors
a4fb0134 3702of @command{@value{AS}}.)
252b5132
RH
3703@end ifset
3704@ifclear GENERIC
3705@ifset H8
7be1c489 3706On the H8/300 platform, each subsection is zero-padded to a word
252b5132 3707boundary (two bytes).
c2dcd04e 3708The same is true on the Renesas SH.
252b5132 3709@end ifset
252b5132
RH
3710@end ifclear
3711
3712Subsections appear in your object file in numeric order, lowest numbered
3713to highest. (All this to be compatible with other people's assemblers.)
3714The object file contains no representation of subsections; @code{@value{LD}} and
3715other programs that manipulate object files see no trace of them.
3716They just see all your text subsections as a text section, and all your
3717data subsections as a data section.
3718
3719To specify which subsection you want subsequent statements assembled
3720into, use a numeric argument to specify it, in a @samp{.text
3721@var{expression}} or a @samp{.data @var{expression}} statement.
ed9589d4 3722@ifset COFF
252b5132 3723@ifset GENERIC
ed9589d4 3724When generating COFF output, you
252b5132
RH
3725@end ifset
3726@ifclear GENERIC
3727You
3728@end ifclear
3729can also use an extra subsection
3730argument with arbitrary named sections: @samp{.section @var{name},
3731@var{expression}}.
3732@end ifset
ed9589d4
BW
3733@ifset ELF
3734@ifset GENERIC
3735When generating ELF output, you
3736@end ifset
3737@ifclear GENERIC
3738You
3739@end ifclear
3740can also use the @code{.subsection} directive (@pxref{SubSection})
3741to specify a subsection: @samp{.subsection @var{expression}}.
3742@end ifset
96e9638b
BW
3743@var{Expression} should be an absolute expression
3744(@pxref{Expressions}). If you just say @samp{.text} then @samp{.text 0}
252b5132
RH
3745is assumed. Likewise @samp{.data} means @samp{.data 0}. Assembly
3746begins in @code{text 0}. For instance:
3747@smallexample
3748.text 0 # The default subsection is text 0 anyway.
3749.ascii "This lives in the first text subsection. *"
3750.text 1
3751.ascii "But this lives in the second text subsection."
3752.data 0
3753.ascii "This lives in the data section,"
3754.ascii "in the first data subsection."
3755.text 0
3756.ascii "This lives in the first text section,"
3757.ascii "immediately following the asterisk (*)."
3758@end smallexample
3759
3760Each section has a @dfn{location counter} incremented by one for every byte
3761assembled into that section. Because subsections are merely a convenience
a4fb0134 3762restricted to @command{@value{AS}} there is no concept of a subsection location
252b5132
RH
3763counter. There is no way to directly manipulate a location counter---but the
3764@code{.align} directive changes it, and any label definition captures its
3765current value. The location counter of the section where statements are being
3766assembled is said to be the @dfn{active} location counter.
3767
3768@node bss
3769@section bss Section
3770
3771@cindex bss section
3772@cindex common variable storage
3773The bss section is used for local common variable storage.
3774You may allocate address space in the bss section, but you may
3775not dictate data to load into it before your program executes. When
3776your program starts running, all the contents of the bss
3777section are zeroed bytes.
3778
3779The @code{.lcomm} pseudo-op defines a symbol in the bss section; see
3780@ref{Lcomm,,@code{.lcomm}}.
3781
3782The @code{.comm} pseudo-op may be used to declare a common symbol, which is
96e9638b 3783another form of uninitialized symbol; see @ref{Comm,,@code{.comm}}.
252b5132
RH
3784
3785@ifset GENERIC
3786When assembling for a target which supports multiple sections, such as ELF or
3787COFF, you may switch into the @code{.bss} section and define symbols as usual;
3788see @ref{Section,,@code{.section}}. You may only assemble zero values into the
3789section. Typically the section will only contain symbol definitions and
3790@code{.skip} directives (@pxref{Skip,,@code{.skip}}).
3791@end ifset
3792
3793@node Symbols
3794@chapter Symbols
3795
3796@cindex symbols
3797Symbols are a central concept: the programmer uses symbols to name
3798things, the linker uses symbols to link, and the debugger uses symbols
3799to debug.
3800
3801@quotation
3802@cindex debuggers, and symbol order
a4fb0134 3803@emph{Warning:} @command{@value{AS}} does not place symbols in the object file in
252b5132
RH
3804the same order they were declared. This may break some debuggers.
3805@end quotation
3806
3807@menu
3808* Labels:: Labels
3809* Setting Symbols:: Giving Symbols Other Values
3810* Symbol Names:: Symbol Names
3811* Dot:: The Special Dot Symbol
3812* Symbol Attributes:: Symbol Attributes
3813@end menu
3814
3815@node Labels
3816@section Labels
3817
3818@cindex labels
3819A @dfn{label} is written as a symbol immediately followed by a colon
3820@samp{:}. The symbol then represents the current value of the
3821active location counter, and is, for example, a suitable instruction
3822operand. You are warned if you use the same symbol to represent two
3823different locations: the first definition overrides any other
3824definitions.
3825
3826@ifset HPPA
3827On the HPPA, the usual form for a label need not be immediately followed by a
3828colon, but instead must start in column zero. Only one label may be defined on
a4fb0134 3829a single line. To work around this, the HPPA version of @command{@value{AS}} also
252b5132
RH
3830provides a special directive @code{.label} for defining labels more flexibly.
3831@end ifset
3832
3833@node Setting Symbols
3834@section Giving Symbols Other Values
3835
3836@cindex assigning values to symbols
3837@cindex symbol values, assigning
3838A symbol can be given an arbitrary value by writing a symbol, followed
3839by an equals sign @samp{=}, followed by an expression
3840(@pxref{Expressions}). This is equivalent to using the @code{.set}
9497f5ac
NC
3841directive. @xref{Set,,@code{.set}}. In the same way, using a double
3842equals sign @samp{=}@samp{=} here represents an equivalent of the
3843@code{.eqv} directive. @xref{Eqv,,@code{.eqv}}.
252b5132 3844
f8739b83
JZ
3845@ifset Blackfin
3846Blackfin does not support symbol assignment with @samp{=}.
3847@end ifset
3848
252b5132
RH
3849@node Symbol Names
3850@section Symbol Names
3851
3852@cindex symbol names
3853@cindex names, symbol
3854@ifclear SPECIAL-SYMS
3855Symbol names begin with a letter or with one of @samp{._}. On most
3856machines, you can also use @code{$} in symbol names; exceptions are
3857noted in @ref{Machine Dependencies}. That character may be followed by any
96e9638b 3858string of digits, letters, dollar signs (unless otherwise noted for a
d02f2788
JB
3859particular target machine), and underscores. These restrictions do not
3860apply when quoting symbol names by @samp{"}, which is permitted for most
3861targets. Escaping characters in quoted symbol names with @samp{\} generally
3862extends only to @samp{\} itself and @samp{"}, at the time of writing.
252b5132 3863@end ifclear
252b5132
RH
3864@ifset SPECIAL-SYMS
3865@ifset H8
3866Symbol names begin with a letter or with one of @samp{._}. On the
7be1c489 3867Renesas SH you can also use @code{$} in symbol names. That
c2dcd04e
NC
3868character may be followed by any string of digits, letters, dollar signs (save
3869on the H8/300), and underscores.
252b5132
RH
3870@end ifset
3871@end ifset
3872
3873Case of letters is significant: @code{foo} is a different symbol name
3874than @code{Foo}.
3875
ed1fcdd1
NC
3876Symbol names do not start with a digit. An exception to this rule is made for
3877Local Labels. See below.
3878
578c64a4
NC
3879Multibyte characters are supported, but note that the setting of the
3880@option{multibyte-handling} option might prevent their use.
3881To generate a symbol name containing
7bfd842d
NC
3882multibyte characters enclose it within double quotes and use escape codes. cf
3883@xref{Strings}. Generating a multibyte symbol name from a label is not
3884currently supported.
3885
578c64a4
NC
3886Since multibyte symbol names are unusual, and could possibly be used
3887maliciously, @command{@value{AS}} provides a command line option
3888(@option{--multibyte-handling=warn-sym-only}) which can be used to generate a
3889warning message whenever a symbol name containing multibyte characters is defined.
3890
252b5132
RH
3891Each symbol has exactly one name. Each name in an assembly language program
3892refers to exactly one symbol. You may use that symbol name any number of times
3893in a program.
3894
3895@subheading Local Symbol Names
3896
3897@cindex local symbol names
3898@cindex symbol names, local
ba83aca1
BW
3899A local symbol is any symbol beginning with certain local label prefixes.
3900By default, the local label prefix is @samp{.L} for ELF systems or
3901@samp{L} for traditional a.out systems, but each target may have its own
3902set of local label prefixes.
3903@ifset HPPA
3904On the HPPA local symbols begin with @samp{L$}.
3905@end ifset
3906
3907Local symbols are defined and used within the assembler, but they are
3908normally not saved in object files. Thus, they are not visible when debugging.
5c9352f3
AM
3909You may use the @samp{-L} option (@pxref{L, ,Include Local Symbols})
3910to retain the local symbols in the object files.
ba83aca1
BW
3911
3912@subheading Local Labels
3913
3914@cindex local labels
252b5132
RH
3915@cindex temporary symbol names
3916@cindex symbol names, temporary
ed1fcdd1
NC
3917Local labels are different from local symbols. Local labels help compilers and
3918programmers use names temporarily. They create symbols which are guaranteed to
3919be unique over the entire scope of the input source code and which can be
3920referred to by a simple notation. To define a local label, write a label of
9791c250
AM
3921the form @samp{@b{N}:} (where @b{N} represents any non-negative integer).
3922To refer to the most recent previous definition of that label write
3923@samp{@b{N}b}, using the same number as when you defined the label. To refer
3924to the next definition of a local label, write @samp{@b{N}f}. The @samp{b}
3925stands for ``backwards'' and the @samp{f} stands for ``forwards''.
2d5aaba0
NC
3926
3927There is no restriction on how you can use these labels, and you can reuse them
3928too. So that it is possible to repeatedly define the same local label (using
3929the same number @samp{@b{N}}), although you can only refer to the most recently
3930defined local label of that number (for a backwards reference) or the next
3931definition of a specific local label for a forward reference. It is also worth
3932noting that the first 10 local labels (@samp{@b{0:}}@dots{}@samp{@b{9:}}) are
3933implemented in a slightly more efficient manner than the others.
3934
3935Here is an example:
3936
3937@smallexample
39381: branch 1f
39392: branch 1b
39401: branch 2f
39412: branch 1b
3942@end smallexample
3943
3944Which is the equivalent of:
3945
3946@smallexample
3947label_1: branch label_3
3948label_2: branch label_1
3949label_3: branch label_4
3950label_4: branch label_3
3951@end smallexample
3952
ba83aca1 3953Local label names are only a notational device. They are immediately
2d5aaba0 3954transformed into more conventional symbol names before the assembler uses them.
96e9638b
BW
3955The symbol names are stored in the symbol table, appear in error messages, and
3956are optionally emitted to the object file. The names are constructed using
3957these parts:
252b5132
RH
3958
3959@table @code
ba83aca1
BW
3960@item @emph{local label prefix}
3961All local symbols begin with the system-specific local label prefix.
3962Normally both @command{@value{AS}} and @code{@value{LD}} forget symbols
3963that start with the local label prefix. These labels are
252b5132 3964used for symbols you are never intended to see. If you use the
a4fb0134 3965@samp{-L} option then @command{@value{AS}} retains these symbols in the
252b5132
RH
3966object file. If you also instruct @code{@value{LD}} to retain these symbols,
3967you may use them in debugging.
3968
2d5aaba0
NC
3969@item @var{number}
3970This is the number that was used in the local label definition. So if the
01642c12 3971label is written @samp{55:} then the number is @samp{55}.
252b5132 3972
2d5aaba0
NC
3973@item @kbd{C-B}
3974This unusual character is included so you do not accidentally invent a symbol
3975of the same name. The character has ASCII value of @samp{\002} (control-B).
252b5132
RH
3976
3977@item @emph{ordinal number}
2d5aaba0 3978This is a serial number to keep the labels distinct. The first definition of
01642c12 3979@samp{0:} gets the number @samp{1}. The 15th definition of @samp{0:} gets the
2d5aaba0 3980number @samp{15}, and so on. Likewise the first definition of @samp{1:} gets
b45619c0 3981the number @samp{1} and its 15th definition gets @samp{15} as well.
252b5132
RH
3982@end table
3983
ba83aca1
BW
3984So for example, the first @code{1:} may be named @code{.L1@kbd{C-B}1}, and
3985the 44th @code{3:} may be named @code{.L3@kbd{C-B}44}.
2d5aaba0
NC
3986
3987@subheading Dollar Local Labels
3988@cindex dollar local symbols
3989
ed1fcdd1
NC
3990On some targets @code{@value{AS}} also supports an even more local form of
3991local labels called dollar labels. These labels go out of scope (i.e., they
3992become undefined) as soon as a non-local label is defined. Thus they remain
3993valid for only a small region of the input source code. Normal local labels,
3994by contrast, remain in scope for the entire file, or until they are redefined
3995by another occurrence of the same local label.
2d5aaba0
NC
3996
3997Dollar labels are defined in exactly the same way as ordinary local labels,
77cca80f
NC
3998except that they have a dollar sign suffix to their numeric value, e.g.,
3999@samp{@b{55$:}}.
2d5aaba0
NC
4000
4001They can also be distinguished from ordinary local labels by their transformed
96e9638b
BW
4002names which use ASCII character @samp{\001} (control-A) as the magic character
4003to distinguish them from ordinary labels. For example, the fifth definition of
ba83aca1 4004@samp{6$} may be named @samp{.L6@kbd{C-A}5}.
252b5132
RH
4005
4006@node Dot
4007@section The Special Dot Symbol
4008
4009@cindex dot (symbol)
4010@cindex @code{.} (symbol)
4011@cindex current address
4012@cindex location counter
4013The special symbol @samp{.} refers to the current address that
a4fb0134 4014@command{@value{AS}} is assembling into. Thus, the expression @samp{melvin:
252b5132
RH
4015.long .} defines @code{melvin} to contain its own address.
4016Assigning a value to @code{.} is treated the same as a @code{.org}
884f0d36 4017directive.
252b5132 4018@ifclear no-space-dir
884f0d36 4019Thus, the expression @samp{.=.+4} is the same as saying
252b5132
RH
4020@samp{.space 4}.
4021@end ifclear
252b5132
RH
4022
4023@node Symbol Attributes
4024@section Symbol Attributes
4025
4026@cindex symbol attributes
4027@cindex attributes, symbol
4028Every symbol has, as well as its name, the attributes ``Value'' and
4029``Type''. Depending on output format, symbols can also have auxiliary
4030attributes.
4031@ifset INTERNALS
4032The detailed definitions are in @file{a.out.h}.
4033@end ifset
4034
a4fb0134 4035If you use a symbol without defining it, @command{@value{AS}} assumes zero for
252b5132
RH
4036all these attributes, and probably won't warn you. This makes the
4037symbol an externally defined symbol, which is generally what you
4038would want.
4039
4040@menu
4041* Symbol Value:: Value
4042* Symbol Type:: Type
a8eb42a8 4043@ifset aout
252b5132
RH
4044* a.out Symbols:: Symbol Attributes: @code{a.out}
4045@end ifset
252b5132
RH
4046@ifset COFF
4047* COFF Symbols:: Symbol Attributes for COFF
4048@end ifset
4049@ifset SOM
4050* SOM Symbols:: Symbol Attributes for SOM
4051@end ifset
4052@end menu
4053
4054@node Symbol Value
4055@subsection Value
4056
4057@cindex value of a symbol
4058@cindex symbol value
4059The value of a symbol is (usually) 32 bits. For a symbol which labels a
4060location in the text, data, bss or absolute sections the value is the
4061number of addresses from the start of that section to the label.
4062Naturally for text, data and bss sections the value of a symbol changes
4063as @code{@value{LD}} changes section base addresses during linking. Absolute
4064symbols' values do not change during linking: that is why they are
4065called absolute.
4066
4067The value of an undefined symbol is treated in a special way. If it is
40680 then the symbol is not defined in this assembler source file, and
4069@code{@value{LD}} tries to determine its value from other files linked into the
4070same program. You make this kind of symbol simply by mentioning a symbol
4071name without defining it. A non-zero value represents a @code{.comm}
4072common declaration. The value is how much common storage to reserve, in
4073bytes (addresses). The symbol refers to the first address of the
4074allocated storage.
4075
4076@node Symbol Type
4077@subsection Type
4078
4079@cindex type of a symbol
4080@cindex symbol type
4081The type attribute of a symbol contains relocation (section)
4082information, any flag settings indicating that a symbol is external, and
4083(optionally), other information for linkers and debuggers. The exact
4084format depends on the object-code output format in use.
4085
a8eb42a8 4086@ifset aout
252b5132
RH
4087@node a.out Symbols
4088@subsection Symbol Attributes: @code{a.out}
4089
4090@cindex @code{a.out} symbol attributes
4091@cindex symbol attributes, @code{a.out}
4092
252b5132
RH
4093@menu
4094* Symbol Desc:: Descriptor
4095* Symbol Other:: Other
4096@end menu
4097
4098@node Symbol Desc
4099@subsubsection Descriptor
4100
4101@cindex descriptor, of @code{a.out} symbol
4102This is an arbitrary 16-bit value. You may establish a symbol's
4103descriptor value by using a @code{.desc} statement
4104(@pxref{Desc,,@code{.desc}}). A descriptor value means nothing to
a4fb0134 4105@command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
4106
4107@node Symbol Other
4108@subsubsection Other
4109
4110@cindex other attribute, of @code{a.out} symbol
a4fb0134 4111This is an arbitrary 8-bit value. It means nothing to @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
4112@end ifset
4113
4114@ifset COFF
4115@node COFF Symbols
4116@subsection Symbol Attributes for COFF
4117
4118@cindex COFF symbol attributes
4119@cindex symbol attributes, COFF
4120
4121The COFF format supports a multitude of auxiliary symbol attributes;
4122like the primary symbol attributes, they are set between @code{.def} and
4123@code{.endef} directives.
4124
4125@subsubsection Primary Attributes
4126
4127@cindex primary attributes, COFF symbols
4128The symbol name is set with @code{.def}; the value and type,
4129respectively, with @code{.val} and @code{.type}.
4130
4131@subsubsection Auxiliary Attributes
4132
4133@cindex auxiliary attributes, COFF symbols
a4fb0134 4134The @command{@value{AS}} directives @code{.dim}, @code{.line}, @code{.scl},
c87db184
CF
4135@code{.size}, @code{.tag}, and @code{.weak} can generate auxiliary symbol
4136table information for COFF.
252b5132
RH
4137@end ifset
4138
4139@ifset SOM
4140@node SOM Symbols
4141@subsection Symbol Attributes for SOM
4142
4143@cindex SOM symbol attributes
4144@cindex symbol attributes, SOM
4145
4146The SOM format for the HPPA supports a multitude of symbol attributes set with
4147the @code{.EXPORT} and @code{.IMPORT} directives.
4148
01642c12 4149The attributes are described in @cite{HP9000 Series 800 Assembly
252b5132
RH
4150Language Reference Manual} (HP 92432-90001) under the @code{IMPORT} and
4151@code{EXPORT} assembler directive documentation.
4152@end ifset
4153
4154@node Expressions
4155@chapter Expressions
4156
4157@cindex expressions
4158@cindex addresses
4159@cindex numeric values
4160An @dfn{expression} specifies an address or numeric value.
4161Whitespace may precede and/or follow an expression.
4162
4163The result of an expression must be an absolute number, or else an offset into
4164a particular section. If an expression is not absolute, and there is not
a4fb0134 4165enough information when @command{@value{AS}} sees the expression to know its
252b5132
RH
4166section, a second pass over the source program might be necessary to interpret
4167the expression---but the second pass is currently not implemented.
a4fb0134 4168@command{@value{AS}} aborts with an error message in this situation.
252b5132
RH
4169
4170@menu
4171* Empty Exprs:: Empty Expressions
4172* Integer Exprs:: Integer Expressions
4173@end menu
4174
4175@node Empty Exprs
4176@section Empty Expressions
4177
4178@cindex empty expressions
4179@cindex expressions, empty
4180An empty expression has no value: it is just whitespace or null.
4181Wherever an absolute expression is required, you may omit the
a4fb0134 4182expression, and @command{@value{AS}} assumes a value of (absolute) 0. This
252b5132
RH
4183is compatible with other assemblers.
4184
4185@node Integer Exprs
4186@section Integer Expressions
4187
4188@cindex integer expressions
4189@cindex expressions, integer
4190An @dfn{integer expression} is one or more @emph{arguments} delimited
4191by @emph{operators}.
4192
4193@menu
4194* Arguments:: Arguments
4195* Operators:: Operators
4196* Prefix Ops:: Prefix Operators
4197* Infix Ops:: Infix Operators
4198@end menu
4199
4200@node Arguments
4201@subsection Arguments
4202
4203@cindex expression arguments
4204@cindex arguments in expressions
4205@cindex operands in expressions
4206@cindex arithmetic operands
4207@dfn{Arguments} are symbols, numbers or subexpressions. In other
4208contexts arguments are sometimes called ``arithmetic operands''. In
4209this manual, to avoid confusing them with the ``instruction operands'' of
4210the machine language, we use the term ``argument'' to refer to parts of
4211expressions only, reserving the word ``operand'' to refer only to machine
4212instruction operands.
4213
4214Symbols are evaluated to yield @{@var{section} @var{NNN}@} where
4215@var{section} is one of text, data, bss, absolute,
4216or undefined. @var{NNN} is a signed, 2's complement 32 bit
4217integer.
4218
4219Numbers are usually integers.
4220
4221A number can be a flonum or bignum. In this case, you are warned
a4fb0134 4222that only the low order 32 bits are used, and @command{@value{AS}} pretends
252b5132
RH
4223these 32 bits are an integer. You may write integer-manipulating
4224instructions that act on exotic constants, compatible with other
4225assemblers.
4226
4227@cindex subexpressions
4228Subexpressions are a left parenthesis @samp{(} followed by an integer
4229expression, followed by a right parenthesis @samp{)}; or a prefix
4230operator followed by an argument.
4231
4232@node Operators
4233@subsection Operators
4234
4235@cindex operators, in expressions
4236@cindex arithmetic functions
4237@cindex functions, in expressions
4238@dfn{Operators} are arithmetic functions, like @code{+} or @code{%}. Prefix
4239operators are followed by an argument. Infix operators appear
4240between their arguments. Operators may be preceded and/or followed by
4241whitespace.
4242
4243@node Prefix Ops
4244@subsection Prefix Operator
4245
4246@cindex prefix operators
a4fb0134 4247@command{@value{AS}} has the following @dfn{prefix operators}. They each take
252b5132
RH
4248one argument, which must be absolute.
4249
4250@c the tex/end tex stuff surrounding this small table is meant to make
4251@c it align, on the printed page, with the similar table in the next
4252@c section (which is inside an enumerate).
4253@tex
4254\global\advance\leftskip by \itemindent
4255@end tex
4256
4257@table @code
4258@item -
4259@dfn{Negation}. Two's complement negation.
4260@item ~
4261@dfn{Complementation}. Bitwise not.
4262@end table
4263
4264@tex
4265\global\advance\leftskip by -\itemindent
4266@end tex
4267
4268@node Infix Ops
4269@subsection Infix Operators
4270
4271@cindex infix operators
4272@cindex operators, permitted arguments
4273@dfn{Infix operators} take two arguments, one on either side. Operators
4274have precedence, but operations with equal precedence are performed left
a4fb0134 4275to right. Apart from @code{+} or @option{-}, both arguments must be
252b5132
RH
4276absolute, and the result is absolute.
4277
4278@enumerate
4279@cindex operator precedence
4280@cindex precedence of operators
4281
4282@item
4283Highest Precedence
4284
4285@table @code
4286@item *
4287@dfn{Multiplication}.
4288
4289@item /
4290@dfn{Division}. Truncation is the same as the C operator @samp{/}
4291
4292@item %
4293@dfn{Remainder}.
4294
d1eac9d9 4295@item <<
252b5132
RH
4296@dfn{Shift Left}. Same as the C operator @samp{<<}.
4297
d1eac9d9 4298@item >>
252b5132
RH
4299@dfn{Shift Right}. Same as the C operator @samp{>>}.
4300@end table
4301
4302@item
4303Intermediate precedence
4304
4305@table @code
4306@item |
4307
4308@dfn{Bitwise Inclusive Or}.
4309
4310@item &
4311@dfn{Bitwise And}.
4312
4313@item ^
4314@dfn{Bitwise Exclusive Or}.
4315
4316@item !
4317@dfn{Bitwise Or Not}.
4318@end table
4319
4320@item
b131d4dc 4321Low Precedence
252b5132
RH
4322
4323@table @code
4324@cindex addition, permitted arguments
4325@cindex plus, permitted arguments
4326@cindex arguments for addition
4327@item +
4328@dfn{Addition}. If either argument is absolute, the result has the section of
4329the other argument. You may not add together arguments from different
4330sections.
4331
4332@cindex subtraction, permitted arguments
4333@cindex minus, permitted arguments
4334@cindex arguments for subtraction
4335@item -
4336@dfn{Subtraction}. If the right argument is absolute, the
4337result has the section of the left argument.
4338If both arguments are in the same section, the result is absolute.
4339You may not subtract arguments from different sections.
4340@c FIXME is there still something useful to say about undefined - undefined ?
b131d4dc
NC
4341
4342@cindex comparison expressions
4343@cindex expressions, comparison
4344@item ==
4345@dfn{Is Equal To}
4346@item <>
723a8472 4347@itemx !=
b131d4dc
NC
4348@dfn{Is Not Equal To}
4349@item <
4350@dfn{Is Less Than}
d1eac9d9 4351@item >
b131d4dc 4352@dfn{Is Greater Than}
d1eac9d9 4353@item >=
b131d4dc 4354@dfn{Is Greater Than Or Equal To}
d1eac9d9 4355@item <=
b131d4dc
NC
4356@dfn{Is Less Than Or Equal To}
4357
b4b0dcfd 4358The comparison operators can be used as infix operators. A true result has a
b131d4dc
NC
4359value of -1 whereas a false result has a value of 0. Note, these operators
4360perform signed comparisons.
4361@end table
4362
4363@item Lowest Precedence
4364
4365@table @code
4366@item &&
4367@dfn{Logical And}.
4368
4369@item ||
4370@dfn{Logical Or}.
4371
4372These two logical operations can be used to combine the results of sub
4373expressions. Note, unlike the comparison operators a true result returns a
4374value of 1 but a false results does still return 0. Also note that the logical
4375or operator has a slightly lower precedence than logical and.
4376
252b5132
RH
4377@end table
4378@end enumerate
4379
4380In short, it's only meaningful to add or subtract the @emph{offsets} in an
4381address; you can only have a defined section in one of the two arguments.
4382
4383@node Pseudo Ops
4384@chapter Assembler Directives
4385
4386@cindex directives, machine independent
4387@cindex pseudo-ops, machine independent
4388@cindex machine independent directives
4389All assembler directives have names that begin with a period (@samp{.}).
7e302352
RS
4390The names are case insensitive for most targets, and usually written
4391in lower case.
252b5132
RH
4392
4393This chapter discusses directives that are available regardless of the
4394target machine configuration for the @sc{gnu} assembler.
4395@ifset GENERIC
4396Some machine configurations provide additional directives.
4397@xref{Machine Dependencies}.
4398@end ifset
4399@ifclear GENERIC
4400@ifset machine-directives
96e9638b 4401@xref{Machine Dependencies}, for additional directives.
252b5132
RH
4402@end ifset
4403@end ifclear
4404
4405@menu
4406* Abort:: @code{.abort}
4407@ifset COFF
38a57ae7 4408* ABORT (COFF):: @code{.ABORT}
252b5132 4409@end ifset
f0dc282c 4410
915808f6 4411* Align:: @code{.align [@var{abs-expr}[, @var{abs-expr}[, @var{abs-expr}]]]}
caa32fe5 4412* Altmacro:: @code{.altmacro}
252b5132
RH
4413* Ascii:: @code{.ascii "@var{string}"}@dots{}
4414* Asciz:: @code{.asciz "@var{string}"}@dots{}
642f545a 4415* Attach_to_group:: @code{.attach_to_group @var{name}}
915808f6 4416* Balign:: @code{.balign [@var{abs-expr}[, @var{abs-expr}]]}
476654be 4417* Bss:: @code{.bss @var{subsection}}
d3b47e2b 4418* Bundle directives:: @code{.bundle_align_mode @var{abs-expr}}, etc
252b5132 4419* Byte:: @code{.byte @var{expressions}}
4b7d318b 4420* CFI directives:: @code{.cfi_startproc [simple]}, @code{.cfi_endproc}, etc.
ccf8a69b 4421* Comm:: @code{.comm @var{symbol} , @var{length} }
252b5132 4422* Data:: @code{.data @var{subsection}}
340d33e5
NC
4423* Dc:: @code{.dc[@var{size}] @var{expressions}}
4424* Dcb:: @code{.dcb[@var{size}] @var{number} [,@var{fill}]}
4425* Ds:: @code{.ds[@var{size}] @var{number} [,@var{fill}]}
252b5132
RH
4426@ifset COFF
4427* Def:: @code{.def @var{name}}
4428@end ifset
a8eb42a8 4429@ifset aout
252b5132
RH
4430* Desc:: @code{.desc @var{symbol}, @var{abs-expression}}
4431@end ifset
4432@ifset COFF
4433* Dim:: @code{.dim}
4434@end ifset
f0dc282c 4435
252b5132
RH
4436* Double:: @code{.double @var{flonums}}
4437* Eject:: @code{.eject}
4438* Else:: @code{.else}
3fd9f047 4439* Elseif:: @code{.elseif}
252b5132
RH
4440* End:: @code{.end}
4441@ifset COFF
4442* Endef:: @code{.endef}
4443@end ifset
f0dc282c 4444
252b5132
RH
4445* Endfunc:: @code{.endfunc}
4446* Endif:: @code{.endif}
4447* Equ:: @code{.equ @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
4448* Equiv:: @code{.equiv @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
9497f5ac 4449* Eqv:: @code{.eqv @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
252b5132 4450* Err:: @code{.err}
d190d046 4451* Error:: @code{.error @var{string}}
252b5132
RH
4452* Exitm:: @code{.exitm}
4453* Extern:: @code{.extern}
4454* Fail:: @code{.fail}
14082c76 4455* File:: @code{.file}
252b5132
RH
4456* Fill:: @code{.fill @var{repeat} , @var{size} , @var{value}}
4457* Float:: @code{.float @var{flonums}}
01642c12 4458* Func:: @code{.func}
252b5132 4459* Global:: @code{.global @var{symbol}}, @code{.globl @var{symbol}}
c91d2e08 4460@ifset ELF
3a99f02f 4461* Gnu_attribute:: @code{.gnu_attribute @var{tag},@var{value}}
c91d2e08
NC
4462* Hidden:: @code{.hidden @var{names}}
4463@end ifset
f0dc282c 4464
252b5132
RH
4465* hword:: @code{.hword @var{expressions}}
4466* Ident:: @code{.ident}
4467* If:: @code{.if @var{absolute expression}}
7e005732 4468* Incbin:: @code{.incbin "@var{file}"[,@var{skip}[,@var{count}]]}
252b5132
RH
4469* Include:: @code{.include "@var{file}"}
4470* Int:: @code{.int @var{expressions}}
c91d2e08
NC
4471@ifset ELF
4472* Internal:: @code{.internal @var{names}}
4473@end ifset
f0dc282c 4474
252b5132
RH
4475* Irp:: @code{.irp @var{symbol},@var{values}}@dots{}
4476* Irpc:: @code{.irpc @var{symbol},@var{values}}@dots{}
4477* Lcomm:: @code{.lcomm @var{symbol} , @var{length}}
4478* Lflags:: @code{.lflags}
4479@ifclear no-line-dir
4480* Line:: @code{.line @var{line-number}}
4481@end ifclear
f0dc282c 4482
252b5132
RH
4483* Linkonce:: @code{.linkonce [@var{type}]}
4484* List:: @code{.list}
bd0eb99b 4485* Ln:: @code{.ln @var{line-number}}
14082c76
BW
4486* Loc:: @code{.loc @var{fileno} @var{lineno}}
4487* Loc_mark_labels:: @code{.loc_mark_labels @var{enable}}
4d4175af
BW
4488@ifset ELF
4489* Local:: @code{.local @var{names}}
4490@end ifset
bd0eb99b 4491
252b5132
RH
4492* Long:: @code{.long @var{expressions}}
4493@ignore
4494* Lsym:: @code{.lsym @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
4495@end ignore
f0dc282c 4496
252b5132
RH
4497* Macro:: @code{.macro @var{name} @var{args}}@dots{}
4498* MRI:: @code{.mri @var{val}}
caa32fe5 4499* Noaltmacro:: @code{.noaltmacro}
252b5132 4500* Nolist:: @code{.nolist}
b1766e7c 4501* Nop:: @code{.nop}
8f065d3b 4502* Nops:: @code{.nops @var{size}[, @var{control}]}
252b5132 4503* Octa:: @code{.octa @var{bignums}}
9aec2026 4504* Offset:: @code{.offset @var{loc}}
85234291 4505* Org:: @code{.org @var{new-lc}, @var{fill}}
915808f6 4506* P2align:: @code{.p2align [@var{abs-expr}[, @var{abs-expr}[, @var{abs-expr}]]]}
c91d2e08
NC
4507@ifset ELF
4508* PopSection:: @code{.popsection}
4509* Previous:: @code{.previous}
4510@end ifset
f0dc282c 4511
252b5132 4512* Print:: @code{.print @var{string}}
c91d2e08
NC
4513@ifset ELF
4514* Protected:: @code{.protected @var{names}}
4515@end ifset
f0dc282c 4516
252b5132
RH
4517* Psize:: @code{.psize @var{lines}, @var{columns}}
4518* Purgem:: @code{.purgem @var{name}}
c91d2e08
NC
4519@ifset ELF
4520* PushSection:: @code{.pushsection @var{name}}
4521@end ifset
f0dc282c 4522
252b5132 4523* Quad:: @code{.quad @var{bignums}}
05e9452c 4524* Reloc:: @code{.reloc @var{offset}, @var{reloc_name}[, @var{expression}]}
252b5132
RH
4525* Rept:: @code{.rept @var{count}}
4526* Sbttl:: @code{.sbttl "@var{subheading}"}
4527@ifset COFF
4528* Scl:: @code{.scl @var{class}}
c1253627
NC
4529@end ifset
4530@ifset COFF-ELF
7337fc21 4531* Section:: @code{.section @var{name}[, @var{flags}]}
252b5132 4532@end ifset
f0dc282c 4533
252b5132
RH
4534* Set:: @code{.set @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
4535* Short:: @code{.short @var{expressions}}
4536* Single:: @code{.single @var{flonums}}
c1253627 4537@ifset COFF-ELF
c91d2e08 4538* Size:: @code{.size [@var{name} , @var{expression}]}
c1253627 4539@end ifset
884f0d36 4540@ifclear no-space-dir
340d33e5 4541* Skip:: @code{.skip @var{size} [,@var{fill}]}
884f0d36
BW
4542@end ifclear
4543
252b5132 4544* Sleb128:: @code{.sleb128 @var{expressions}}
884f0d36 4545@ifclear no-space-dir
340d33e5 4546* Space:: @code{.space @var{size} [,@var{fill}]}
884f0d36 4547@end ifclear
252b5132
RH
4548@ifset have-stabs
4549* Stab:: @code{.stabd, .stabn, .stabs}
4550@end ifset
f0dc282c 4551
38a57ae7 4552* String:: @code{.string "@var{str}"}, @code{.string8 "@var{str}"}, @code{.string16 "@var{str}"}, @code{.string32 "@var{str}"}, @code{.string64 "@var{str}"}
252b5132
RH
4553* Struct:: @code{.struct @var{expression}}
4554@ifset ELF
c91d2e08 4555* SubSection:: @code{.subsection}
6914be53 4556* Symver:: @code{.symver @var{name},@var{name2@@nodename}[,@var{visibility}]}
252b5132 4557@end ifset
f0dc282c 4558
252b5132
RH
4559@ifset COFF
4560* Tag:: @code{.tag @var{structname}}
4561@end ifset
f0dc282c 4562
252b5132
RH
4563* Text:: @code{.text @var{subsection}}
4564* Title:: @code{.title "@var{heading}"}
4c8584be
L
4565@ifset ELF
4566* Tls_common:: @code{.tls_common @var{symbol}, @var{length}[, @var{alignment}]}
4567@end ifset
c1253627 4568@ifset COFF-ELF
c91d2e08 4569* Type:: @code{.type <@var{int} | @var{name} , @var{type description}>}
c1253627
NC
4570@end ifset
4571
c91d2e08 4572* Uleb128:: @code{.uleb128 @var{expressions}}
252b5132 4573@ifset COFF
252b5132
RH
4574* Val:: @code{.val @var{addr}}
4575@end ifset
f0dc282c 4576
2e13b764 4577@ifset ELF
c91d2e08 4578* Version:: @code{.version "@var{string}"}
c91d2e08
NC
4579* VTableEntry:: @code{.vtable_entry @var{table}, @var{offset}}
4580* VTableInherit:: @code{.vtable_inherit @var{child}, @var{parent}}
2e13b764 4581@end ifset
f0dc282c 4582
d190d046 4583* Warning:: @code{.warning @var{string}}
c87db184 4584* Weak:: @code{.weak @var{names}}
06e77878 4585* Weakref:: @code{.weakref @var{alias}, @var{symbol}}
252b5132 4586* Word:: @code{.word @var{expressions}}
7ce98c16
NC
4587@ifclear no-space-dir
4588* Zero:: @code{.zero @var{size}}
4589@end ifclear
2b841ec2
AM
4590* 2byte:: @code{.2byte @var{expressions}}
4591* 4byte:: @code{.4byte @var{expressions}}
4592* 8byte:: @code{.8byte @var{bignums}}
252b5132
RH
4593* Deprecated:: Deprecated Directives
4594@end menu
4595
4596@node Abort
4597@section @code{.abort}
4598
4599@cindex @code{abort} directive
4600@cindex stopping the assembly
4601This directive stops the assembly immediately. It is for
4602compatibility with other assemblers. The original idea was that the
4603assembly language source would be piped into the assembler. If the sender
a4fb0134 4604of the source quit, it could use this directive tells @command{@value{AS}} to
252b5132
RH
4605quit also. One day @code{.abort} will not be supported.
4606
4607@ifset COFF
370b66a1
CD
4608@node ABORT (COFF)
4609@section @code{.ABORT} (COFF)
252b5132
RH
4610
4611@cindex @code{ABORT} directive
a4fb0134 4612When producing COFF output, @command{@value{AS}} accepts this directive as a
252b5132
RH
4613synonym for @samp{.abort}.
4614
252b5132
RH
4615@end ifset
4616
4617@node Align
915808f6 4618@section @code{.align [@var{abs-expr}[, @var{abs-expr}[, @var{abs-expr}]]]}
252b5132
RH
4619
4620@cindex padding the location counter
4621@cindex @code{align} directive
4622Pad the location counter (in the current subsection) to a particular storage
4623boundary. The first expression (which must be absolute) is the alignment
915808f6
NC
4624required, as described below. If this expression is omitted then a default
4625value of 0 is used, effectively disabling alignment requirements.
252b5132
RH
4626
4627The second expression (also absolute) gives the fill value to be stored in the
4628padding bytes. It (and the comma) may be omitted. If it is omitted, the
2ca23e65 4629padding bytes are normally zero. However, on most systems, if the section is
252b5132
RH
4630marked as containing code and the fill value is omitted, the space is filled
4631with no-op instructions.
4632
4633The third expression is also absolute, and is also optional. If it is present,
4634it is the maximum number of bytes that should be skipped by this alignment
4635directive. If doing the alignment would require skipping more bytes than the
4636specified maximum, then the alignment is not done at all. You can omit the
4637fill value (the second argument) entirely by simply using two commas after the
4638required alignment; this can be useful if you want the alignment to be filled
4639with no-op instructions when appropriate.
4640
4641The way the required alignment is specified varies from system to system.
a8eb42a8 4642For the arc, hppa, i386 using ELF, iq2000, m68k, or1k,
5b660084 4643s390, sparc, tic4x and xtensa, the first expression is the
252b5132
RH
4644alignment request in bytes. For example @samp{.align 8} advances
4645the location counter until it is a multiple of 8. If the location counter
60946ad0
AM
4646is already a multiple of 8, no change is needed. For the tic54x, the
4647first expression is the alignment request in words.
252b5132 4648
9e9a9798 4649For other systems, including ppc, i386 using a.out format, arm and
adcf07e6 4650strongarm, it is the
252b5132
RH
4651number of low-order zero bits the location counter must have after
4652advancement. For example @samp{.align 3} advances the location
a6ce99e9 4653counter until it is a multiple of 8. If the location counter is already a
252b5132
RH
4654multiple of 8, no change is needed.
4655
4656This inconsistency is due to the different behaviors of the various
4657native assemblers for these systems which GAS must emulate.
4658GAS also provides @code{.balign} and @code{.p2align} directives,
4659described later, which have a consistent behavior across all
4660architectures (but are specific to GAS).
4661
ccf8a69b
BW
4662@node Altmacro
4663@section @code{.altmacro}
4664Enable alternate macro mode, enabling:
4665
4666@ftable @code
4667@item LOCAL @var{name} [ , @dots{} ]
4668One additional directive, @code{LOCAL}, is available. It is used to
4669generate a string replacement for each of the @var{name} arguments, and
4670replace any instances of @var{name} in each macro expansion. The
4671replacement string is unique in the assembly, and different for each
4672separate macro expansion. @code{LOCAL} allows you to write macros that
4673define symbols, without fear of conflict between separate macro expansions.
4674
4675@item String delimiters
4676You can write strings delimited in these other ways besides
4677@code{"@var{string}"}:
4678
4679@table @code
4680@item '@var{string}'
4681You can delimit strings with single-quote characters.
4682
4683@item <@var{string}>
4684You can delimit strings with matching angle brackets.
4685@end table
4686
4687@item single-character string escape
4688To include any single character literally in a string (even if the
4689character would otherwise have some special meaning), you can prefix the
4690character with @samp{!} (an exclamation mark). For example, you can
4691write @samp{<4.3 !> 5.4!!>} to get the literal text @samp{4.3 > 5.4!}.
4692
4693@item Expression results as strings
4694You can write @samp{%@var{expr}} to evaluate the expression @var{expr}
01642c12 4695and use the result as a string.
ccf8a69b
BW
4696@end ftable
4697
252b5132
RH
4698@node Ascii
4699@section @code{.ascii "@var{string}"}@dots{}
4700
4701@cindex @code{ascii} directive
4702@cindex string literals
4703@code{.ascii} expects zero or more string literals (@pxref{Strings})
4704separated by commas. It assembles each string (with no automatic
4705trailing zero byte) into consecutive addresses.
4706
4707@node Asciz
4708@section @code{.asciz "@var{string}"}@dots{}
4709
4710@cindex @code{asciz} directive
4711@cindex zero-terminated strings
4712@cindex null-terminated strings
4713@code{.asciz} is just like @code{.ascii}, but each string is followed by
3d955acb
NC
4714a zero byte. The ``z'' in @samp{.asciz} stands for ``zero''. Note that
4715multiple string arguments not separated by commas will be concatenated
4716together and only one final zero byte will be stored.
252b5132 4717
642f545a
NC
4718@node Attach_to_group
4719@section @code{.attach_to_group @var{name}}
4720Attaches the current section to the named group. This is like declaring
4721the section with the @code{G} attribute, but can be done after the section
4722has been created. Note if the group section does not exist at the point that
4723this directive is used then it will be created.
4724
252b5132 4725@node Balign
915808f6 4726@section @code{.balign[wl] [@var{abs-expr}[, @var{abs-expr}[, @var{abs-expr}]]]}
252b5132
RH
4727
4728@cindex padding the location counter given number of bytes
4729@cindex @code{balign} directive
4730Pad the location counter (in the current subsection) to a particular
4731storage boundary. The first expression (which must be absolute) is the
4732alignment request in bytes. For example @samp{.balign 8} advances
4733the location counter until it is a multiple of 8. If the location counter
915808f6
NC
4734is already a multiple of 8, no change is needed. If the expression is omitted
4735then a default value of 0 is used, effectively disabling alignment requirements.
252b5132
RH
4736
4737The second expression (also absolute) gives the fill value to be stored in the
4738padding bytes. It (and the comma) may be omitted. If it is omitted, the
2ca23e65 4739padding bytes are normally zero. However, on most systems, if the section is
252b5132
RH
4740marked as containing code and the fill value is omitted, the space is filled
4741with no-op instructions.
4742
4743The third expression is also absolute, and is also optional. If it is present,
4744it is the maximum number of bytes that should be skipped by this alignment
4745directive. If doing the alignment would require skipping more bytes than the
4746specified maximum, then the alignment is not done at all. You can omit the
4747fill value (the second argument) entirely by simply using two commas after the
4748required alignment; this can be useful if you want the alignment to be filled
4749with no-op instructions when appropriate.
4750
4751@cindex @code{balignw} directive
4752@cindex @code{balignl} directive
4753The @code{.balignw} and @code{.balignl} directives are variants of the
4754@code{.balign} directive. The @code{.balignw} directive treats the fill
4755pattern as a two byte word value. The @code{.balignl} directives treats the
4756fill pattern as a four byte longword value. For example, @code{.balignw
47574,0x368d} will align to a multiple of 4. If it skips two bytes, they will be
4758filled in with the value 0x368d (the exact placement of the bytes depends upon
4759the endianness of the processor). If it skips 1 or 3 bytes, the fill value is
4760undefined.
4761
476654be
NC
4762@node Bss
4763@section @code{.bss @var{subsection}}
4764@cindex @code{bss} directive
4765
4766@code{.bss} tells @command{@value{AS}} to assemble the following statements
4767onto the end of the bss section.
4768@ifset ELF
4769For ELF based targets an optional @var{subsection} expression (which must
4770evaluate to a positive integer) can be provided. In this case the statements
4771are appended to the end of the indicated bss subsection.
4772@end ifset
4773
fa94de6b 4774@node Bundle directives
d3b47e2b
L
4775@section Bundle directives
4776@subsection @code{.bundle_align_mode @var{abs-expr}}
fa94de6b
RM
4777@cindex @code{bundle_align_mode} directive
4778@cindex bundle
4779@cindex instruction bundle
4780@cindex aligned instruction bundle
ec82c18e 4781@code{.bundle_align_mode} enables or disables @dfn{aligned instruction
fa94de6b 4782bundle} mode. In this mode, sequences of adjacent instructions are grouped
ec82c18e 4783into fixed-sized @dfn{bundles}. If the argument is zero, this mode is
27dcf5c0 4784disabled (which is the default state). If the argument it not zero, it
fa94de6b
RM
4785gives the size of an instruction bundle as a power of two (as for the
4786@code{.p2align} directive, @pxref{P2align}).
4787
4788For some targets, it's an ABI requirement that no instruction may span a
ec82c18e 4789certain aligned boundary. A @dfn{bundle} is simply a sequence of
fa94de6b
RM
4790instructions that starts on an aligned boundary. For example, if
4791@var{abs-expr} is @code{5} then the bundle size is 32, so each aligned
4792chunk of 32 bytes is a bundle. When aligned instruction bundle mode is in
4793effect, no single instruction may span a boundary between bundles. If an
4794instruction would start too close to the end of a bundle for the length of
4795that particular instruction to fit within the bundle, then the space at the
4796end of that bundle is filled with no-op instructions so the instruction
4797starts in the next bundle. As a corollary, it's an error if any single
4798instruction's encoding is longer than the bundle size.
4799
d3b47e2b 4800@subsection @code{.bundle_lock} and @code{.bundle_unlock}
fa94de6b
RM
4801@cindex @code{bundle_lock} directive
4802@cindex @code{bundle_unlock} directive
4803The @code{.bundle_lock} and directive @code{.bundle_unlock} directives
4804allow explicit control over instruction bundle padding. These directives
4805are only valid when @code{.bundle_align_mode} has been used to enable
4806aligned instruction bundle mode. It's an error if they appear when
4807@code{.bundle_align_mode} has not been used at all, or when the last
4808directive was @w{@code{.bundle_align_mode 0}}.
4809
4810@cindex bundle-locked
4811For some targets, it's an ABI requirement that certain instructions may
4812appear only as part of specified permissible sequences of multiple
4813instructions, all within the same bundle. A pair of @code{.bundle_lock}
ec82c18e 4814and @code{.bundle_unlock} directives define a @dfn{bundle-locked}
fa94de6b
RM
4815instruction sequence. For purposes of aligned instruction bundle mode, a
4816sequence starting with @code{.bundle_lock} and ending with
4817@code{.bundle_unlock} is treated as a single instruction. That is, the
4818entire sequence must fit into a single bundle and may not span a bundle
4819boundary. If necessary, no-op instructions will be inserted before the
4820first instruction of the sequence so that the whole sequence starts on an
4821aligned bundle boundary. It's an error if the sequence is longer than the
4822bundle size.
4823
d416e51d
RM
4824For convenience when using @code{.bundle_lock} and @code{.bundle_unlock}
4825inside assembler macros (@pxref{Macro}), bundle-locked sequences may be
4826nested. That is, a second @code{.bundle_lock} directive before the next
4827@code{.bundle_unlock} directive has no effect except that it must be
4828matched by another closing @code{.bundle_unlock} so that there is the
4829same number of @code{.bundle_lock} and @code{.bundle_unlock} directives.
fa94de6b 4830
252b5132
RH
4831@node Byte
4832@section @code{.byte @var{expressions}}
4833
4834@cindex @code{byte} directive
4835@cindex integers, one byte
4836@code{.byte} expects zero or more expressions, separated by commas.
4837Each expression is assembled into the next byte.
4838
54cfded0 4839@node CFI directives
d3b47e2b
L
4840@section CFI directives
4841@subsection @code{.cfi_sections @var{section_list}}
38462edf
JJ
4842@cindex @code{cfi_sections} directive
4843@code{.cfi_sections} may be used to specify whether CFI directives
4844should emit @code{.eh_frame} section and/or @code{.debug_frame} section.
4845If @var{section_list} is @code{.eh_frame}, @code{.eh_frame} is emitted,
4846if @var{section_list} is @code{.debug_frame}, @code{.debug_frame} is emitted.
4847To emit both use @code{.eh_frame, .debug_frame}. The default if this
4848directive is not used is @code{.cfi_sections .eh_frame}.
4849
2f0c68f2
CM
4850On targets that support compact unwinding tables these can be generated
4851by specifying @code{.eh_frame_entry} instead of @code{.eh_frame}.
4852
bd5608dc
NC
4853Some targets may support an additional name, such as @code{.c6xabi.exidx}
4854which is used by the @value{TIC6X} target.
4855
4856The @code{.cfi_sections} directive can be repeated, with the same or different
4857arguments, provided that CFI generation has not yet started. Once CFI
4858generation has started however the section list is fixed and any attempts to
4859redefine it will result in an error.
4860
d3b47e2b 4861@subsection @code{.cfi_startproc [simple]}
54cfded0
AM
4862@cindex @code{cfi_startproc} directive
4863@code{.cfi_startproc} is used at the beginning of each function that
4864should have an entry in @code{.eh_frame}. It initializes some internal
4b7d318b 4865data structures. Don't forget to close the function by
54cfded0
AM
4866@code{.cfi_endproc}.
4867
01642c12 4868Unless @code{.cfi_startproc} is used along with parameter @code{simple}
4b7d318b 4869it also emits some architecture dependent initial CFI instructions.
01642c12 4870
d3b47e2b 4871@subsection @code{.cfi_endproc}
54cfded0
AM
4872@cindex @code{cfi_endproc} directive
4873@code{.cfi_endproc} is used at the end of a function where it closes its
4874unwind entry previously opened by
b45619c0 4875@code{.cfi_startproc}, and emits it to @code{.eh_frame}.
54cfded0 4876
d3b47e2b 4877@subsection @code{.cfi_personality @var{encoding} [, @var{exp}]}
2f0c68f2 4878@cindex @code{cfi_personality} directive
9b8ae42e
JJ
4879@code{.cfi_personality} defines personality routine and its encoding.
4880@var{encoding} must be a constant determining how the personality
4881should be encoded. If it is 255 (@code{DW_EH_PE_omit}), second
4882argument is not present, otherwise second argument should be
4883a constant or a symbol name. When using indirect encodings,
4884the symbol provided should be the location where personality
4885can be loaded from, not the personality routine itself.
4886The default after @code{.cfi_startproc} is @code{.cfi_personality 0xff},
4887no personality routine.
4888
2f0c68f2
CM
4889@subsection @code{.cfi_personality_id @var{id}}
4890@cindex @code{cfi_personality_id} directive
4891@code{cfi_personality_id} defines a personality routine by its index as
4892defined in a compact unwinding format.
4893Only valid when generating compact EH frames (i.e.
4894with @code{.cfi_sections eh_frame_entry}.
4895
4896@subsection @code{.cfi_fde_data [@var{opcode1} [, @dots{}]]}
4897@cindex @code{cfi_fde_data} directive
4898@code{cfi_fde_data} is used to describe the compact unwind opcodes to be
4899used for the current function. These are emitted inline in the
4900@code{.eh_frame_entry} section if small enough and there is no LSDA, or
4901in the @code{.gnu.extab} section otherwise.
4902Only valid when generating compact EH frames (i.e.
4903with @code{.cfi_sections eh_frame_entry}.
4904
d3b47e2b 4905@subsection @code{.cfi_lsda @var{encoding} [, @var{exp}]}
9b8ae42e
JJ
4906@code{.cfi_lsda} defines LSDA and its encoding.
4907@var{encoding} must be a constant determining how the LSDA
2f0c68f2
CM
4908should be encoded. If it is 255 (@code{DW_EH_PE_omit}), the second
4909argument is not present, otherwise the second argument should be a constant
9b8ae42e 4910or a symbol name. The default after @code{.cfi_startproc} is @code{.cfi_lsda 0xff},
2f0c68f2
CM
4911meaning that no LSDA is present.
4912
4913@subsection @code{.cfi_inline_lsda} [@var{align}]
4914@code{.cfi_inline_lsda} marks the start of a LSDA data section and
4915switches to the corresponding @code{.gnu.extab} section.
4916Must be preceded by a CFI block containing a @code{.cfi_lsda} directive.
4917Only valid when generating compact EH frames (i.e.
4918with @code{.cfi_sections eh_frame_entry}.
4919
4920The table header and unwinding opcodes will be generated at this point,
4921so that they are immediately followed by the LSDA data. The symbol
4922referenced by the @code{.cfi_lsda} directive should still be defined
4923in case a fallback FDE based encoding is used. The LSDA data is terminated
4924by a section directive.
4925
4926The optional @var{align} argument specifies the alignment required.
4927The alignment is specified as a power of two, as with the
4928@code{.p2align} directive.
9b8ae42e 4929
d3b47e2b 4930@subsection @code{.cfi_def_cfa @var{register}, @var{offset}}
01642c12 4931@code{.cfi_def_cfa} defines a rule for computing CFA as: @i{take
54cfded0
AM
4932address from @var{register} and add @var{offset} to it}.
4933
d3b47e2b 4934@subsection @code{.cfi_def_cfa_register @var{register}}
54cfded0
AM
4935@code{.cfi_def_cfa_register} modifies a rule for computing CFA. From
4936now on @var{register} will be used instead of the old one. Offset
4937remains the same.
4938
d3b47e2b 4939@subsection @code{.cfi_def_cfa_offset @var{offset}}
54cfded0
AM
4940@code{.cfi_def_cfa_offset} modifies a rule for computing CFA. Register
4941remains the same, but @var{offset} is new. Note that it is the
4942absolute offset that will be added to a defined register to compute
4943CFA address.
4944
d3b47e2b 4945@subsection @code{.cfi_adjust_cfa_offset @var{offset}}
54cfded0 4946Same as @code{.cfi_def_cfa_offset} but @var{offset} is a relative
33eaf5de 4947value that is added/subtracted from the previous offset.
54cfded0 4948
d3b47e2b 4949@subsection @code{.cfi_offset @var{register}, @var{offset}}
54cfded0 4950Previous value of @var{register} is saved at offset @var{offset} from
01642c12 4951CFA.
54cfded0 4952
084303b8
AK
4953@subsection @code{.cfi_val_offset @var{register}, @var{offset}}
4954Previous value of @var{register} is CFA + @var{offset}.
4955
d3b47e2b 4956@subsection @code{.cfi_rel_offset @var{register}, @var{offset}}
17076204
RH
4957Previous value of @var{register} is saved at offset @var{offset} from
4958the current CFA register. This is transformed to @code{.cfi_offset}
4959using the known displacement of the CFA register from the CFA.
4960This is often easier to use, because the number will match the
4961code it's annotating.
54cfded0 4962
d3b47e2b 4963@subsection @code{.cfi_register @var{register1}, @var{register2}}
4b7d318b
L
4964Previous value of @var{register1} is saved in register @var{register2}.
4965
d3b47e2b 4966@subsection @code{.cfi_restore @var{register}}
01642c12
RM
4967@code{.cfi_restore} says that the rule for @var{register} is now the
4968same as it was at the beginning of the function, after all initial
4b7d318b
L
4969instruction added by @code{.cfi_startproc} were executed.
4970
d3b47e2b 4971@subsection @code{.cfi_undefined @var{register}}
4b7d318b
L
4972From now on the previous value of @var{register} can't be restored anymore.
4973
d3b47e2b 4974@subsection @code{.cfi_same_value @var{register}}
01642c12 4975Current value of @var{register} is the same like in the previous frame,
4b7d318b
L
4976i.e. no restoration needed.
4977
48eac74c
MG
4978@subsection @code{.cfi_remember_state} and @code{.cfi_restore_state}
4979@code{.cfi_remember_state} pushes the set of rules for every register onto an
4980implicit stack, while @code{.cfi_restore_state} pops them off the stack and
4981places them in the current row. This is useful for situations where you have
4982multiple @code{.cfi_*} directives that need to be undone due to the control
4983flow of the program. For example, we could have something like this (assuming
4984the CFA is the value of @code{rbp}):
4985
4986@smallexample
4987 je label
4988 popq %rbx
4989 .cfi_restore %rbx
4990 popq %r12
4991 .cfi_restore %r12
4992 popq %rbp
4993 .cfi_restore %rbp
4994 .cfi_def_cfa %rsp, 8
4995 ret
4996label:
4997 /* Do something else */
4998@end smallexample
4999
5000Here, we want the @code{.cfi} directives to affect only the rows corresponding
5001to the instructions before @code{label}. This means we'd have to add multiple
5002@code{.cfi} directives after @code{label} to recreate the original save
5003locations of the registers, as well as setting the CFA back to the value of
5004@code{rbp}. This would be clumsy, and result in a larger binary size. Instead,
5005we can write:
5006
5007@smallexample
5008 je label
5009 popq %rbx
5010 .cfi_remember_state
5011 .cfi_restore %rbx
5012 popq %r12
5013 .cfi_restore %r12
5014 popq %rbp
5015 .cfi_restore %rbp
5016 .cfi_def_cfa %rsp, 8
5017 ret
5018label:
5019 .cfi_restore_state
5020 /* Do something else */
5021@end smallexample
5022
5023That way, the rules for the instructions after @code{label} will be the same
5024as before the first @code{.cfi_restore} without having to use multiple
5025@code{.cfi} directives.
4b7d318b 5026
d3b47e2b 5027@subsection @code{.cfi_return_column @var{register}}
01642c12 5028Change return column @var{register}, i.e. the return address is either
4b7d318b
L
5029directly in @var{register} or can be accessed by rules for @var{register}.
5030
d3b47e2b 5031@subsection @code{.cfi_signal_frame}
63752a75
JJ
5032Mark current function as signal trampoline.
5033
d3b47e2b 5034@subsection @code{.cfi_window_save}
364b6d8b
JJ
5035SPARC register window has been saved.
5036
d3b47e2b 5037@subsection @code{.cfi_escape} @var{expression}[, @dots{}]
cdfbf930
RH
5038Allows the user to add arbitrary bytes to the unwind info. One
5039might use this to add OS-specific CFI opcodes, or generic CFI
5040opcodes that GAS does not yet support.
252b5132 5041
d3b47e2b 5042@subsection @code{.cfi_val_encoded_addr @var{register}, @var{encoding}, @var{label}}
f1c4cc75
RH
5043The current value of @var{register} is @var{label}. The value of @var{label}
5044will be encoded in the output file according to @var{encoding}; see the
5045description of @code{.cfi_personality} for details on this encoding.
5046
5047The usefulness of equating a register to a fixed label is probably
5048limited to the return address register. Here, it can be useful to
5049mark a code segment that has only one return address which is reached
5050by a direct branch and no copy of the return address exists in memory
5051or another register.
5052
ccf8a69b
BW
5053@node Comm
5054@section @code{.comm @var{symbol} , @var{length} }
bd0eb99b 5055
ccf8a69b
BW
5056@cindex @code{comm} directive
5057@cindex symbol, common
5058@code{.comm} declares a common symbol named @var{symbol}. When linking, a
5059common symbol in one object file may be merged with a defined or common symbol
5060of the same name in another object file. If @code{@value{LD}} does not see a
5061definition for the symbol--just one or more common symbols--then it will
5062allocate @var{length} bytes of uninitialized memory. @var{length} must be an
5063absolute expression. If @code{@value{LD}} sees multiple common symbols with
5064the same name, and they do not all have the same size, it will allocate space
5065using the largest size.
07a53e5c 5066
c1711530
DK
5067@ifset COFF-ELF
5068When using ELF or (as a GNU extension) PE, the @code{.comm} directive takes
01642c12 5069an optional third argument. This is the desired alignment of the symbol,
c1711530
DK
5070specified for ELF as a byte boundary (for example, an alignment of 16 means
5071that the least significant 4 bits of the address should be zero), and for PE
5072as a power of two (for example, an alignment of 5 means aligned to a 32-byte
01642c12 5073boundary). The alignment must be an absolute expression, and it must be a
c1711530 5074power of two. If @code{@value{LD}} allocates uninitialized memory for the
01642c12 5075common symbol, it will use the alignment when placing the symbol. If no
c1711530 5076alignment is specified, @command{@value{AS}} will set the alignment to the
ccf8a69b 5077largest power of two less than or equal to the size of the symbol, up to a
c1711530
DK
5078maximum of 16 on ELF, or the default section alignment of 4 on PE@footnote{This
5079is not the same as the executable image file alignment controlled by @code{@value{LD}}'s
5080@samp{--section-alignment} option; image file sections in PE are aligned to
5081multiples of 4096, which is far too large an alignment for ordinary variables.
5082It is rather the default alignment for (non-debug) sections within object
5083(@samp{*.o}) files, which are less strictly aligned.}.
ccf8a69b 5084@end ifset
cd1fcb49 5085
ccf8a69b
BW
5086@ifset HPPA
5087The syntax for @code{.comm} differs slightly on the HPPA. The syntax is
5088@samp{@var{symbol} .comm, @var{length}}; @var{symbol} is optional.
5089@end ifset
07a53e5c 5090
252b5132
RH
5091@node Data
5092@section @code{.data @var{subsection}}
252b5132 5093@cindex @code{data} directive
340d33e5 5094
a4fb0134 5095@code{.data} tells @command{@value{AS}} to assemble the following statements onto the
252b5132
RH
5096end of the data subsection numbered @var{subsection} (which is an
5097absolute expression). If @var{subsection} is omitted, it defaults
5098to zero.
5099
340d33e5
NC
5100@node Dc
5101@section @code{.dc[@var{size}] @var{expressions}}
5102@cindex @code{dc} directive
5103
46c685ac 5104The @code{.dc} directive expects zero or more @var{expressions} separated by
340d33e5
NC
5105commas. These expressions are evaluated and their values inserted into the
5106current section. The size of the emitted value depends upon the suffix to the
5107@code{.dc} directive:
5108
5109@table @code
5110@item @samp{.a}
5111Emits N-bit values, where N is the size of an address on the target system.
5112@item @samp{.b}
5113Emits 8-bit values.
5114@item @samp{.d}
5115Emits double precision floating-point values.
5116@item @samp{.l}
5117Emits 32-bit values.
5118@item @samp{.s}
5119Emits single precision floating-point values.
5120@item @samp{.w}
5121Emits 16-bit values.
5122Note - this is true even on targets where the @code{.word} directive would emit
512332-bit values.
5124@item @samp{.x}
5125Emits long double precision floating-point values.
5126@end table
5127
5128If no suffix is used then @samp{.w} is assumed.
5129
d7c79856
MR
5130The byte ordering is target dependent, as is the size and format of floating
5131point values.
340d33e5
NC
5132
5133@node Dcb
5134@section @code{.dcb[@var{size}] @var{number} [,@var{fill}]}
5135@cindex @code{dcb} directive
5136This directive emits @var{number} copies of @var{fill}, each of @var{size}
5137bytes. Both @var{number} and @var{fill} are absolute expressions. If the
5138comma and @var{fill} are omitted, @var{fill} is assumed to be zero. The
5139@var{size} suffix, if present, must be one of:
5140
5141@table @code
5142@item @samp{.b}
5143Emits single byte values.
5144@item @samp{.d}
5145Emits double-precision floating point values.
5146@item @samp{.l}
5147Emits 4-byte values.
5148@item @samp{.s}
5149Emits single-precision floating point values.
5150@item @samp{.w}
5151Emits 2-byte values.
5152@item @samp{.x}
5153Emits long double-precision floating point values.
5154@end table
5155
5156If the @var{size} suffix is omitted then @samp{.w} is assumed.
5157
5158The byte ordering is target dependent, as is the size and format of floating
5159point values.
5160
5161@node Ds
5162@section @code{.ds[@var{size}] @var{number} [,@var{fill}]}
5163@cindex @code{ds} directive
5164This directive emits @var{number} copies of @var{fill}, each of @var{size}
5165bytes. Both @var{number} and @var{fill} are absolute expressions. If the
5166comma and @var{fill} are omitted, @var{fill} is assumed to be zero. The
5167@var{size} suffix, if present, must be one of:
5168
5169@table @code
5170@item @samp{.b}
5171Emits single byte values.
5172@item @samp{.d}
5173Emits 8-byte values.
5174@item @samp{.l}
5175Emits 4-byte values.
5176@item @samp{.p}
e74e2b4c 5177Emits values with size matching packed-decimal floating-point ones.
340d33e5
NC
5178@item @samp{.s}
5179Emits 4-byte values.
5180@item @samp{.w}
5181Emits 2-byte values.
5182@item @samp{.x}
e74e2b4c 5183Emits values with size matching long double precision floating-point ones.
340d33e5
NC
5184@end table
5185
5186Note - unlike the @code{.dcb} directive the @samp{.d}, @samp{.s} and @samp{.x}
d7c79856 5187suffixes do not indicate that floating-point values are to be inserted.
340d33e5
NC
5188
5189If the @var{size} suffix is omitted then @samp{.w} is assumed.
5190
d7c79856 5191The byte ordering is target dependent.
340d33e5
NC
5192
5193
252b5132
RH
5194@ifset COFF
5195@node Def
5196@section @code{.def @var{name}}
5197
5198@cindex @code{def} directive
5199@cindex COFF symbols, debugging
5200@cindex debugging COFF symbols
5201Begin defining debugging information for a symbol @var{name}; the
5202definition extends until the @code{.endef} directive is encountered.
252b5132
RH
5203@end ifset
5204
a8eb42a8 5205@ifset aout
252b5132
RH
5206@node Desc
5207@section @code{.desc @var{symbol}, @var{abs-expression}}
5208
5209@cindex @code{desc} directive
5210@cindex COFF symbol descriptor
5211@cindex symbol descriptor, COFF
5212This directive sets the descriptor of the symbol (@pxref{Symbol Attributes})
5213to the low 16 bits of an absolute expression.
5214
5215@ifset COFF
a4fb0134 5216The @samp{.desc} directive is not available when @command{@value{AS}} is
252b5132 5217configured for COFF output; it is only for @code{a.out} or @code{b.out}
a4fb0134 5218object format. For the sake of compatibility, @command{@value{AS}} accepts
252b5132
RH
5219it, but produces no output, when configured for COFF.
5220@end ifset
5221@end ifset
5222
5223@ifset COFF
5224@node Dim
5225@section @code{.dim}
5226
5227@cindex @code{dim} directive
5228@cindex COFF auxiliary symbol information
5229@cindex auxiliary symbol information, COFF
5230This directive is generated by compilers to include auxiliary debugging
5231information in the symbol table. It is only permitted inside
5232@code{.def}/@code{.endef} pairs.
252b5132
RH
5233@end ifset
5234
5235@node Double
5236@section @code{.double @var{flonums}}
5237
5238@cindex @code{double} directive
5239@cindex floating point numbers (double)
5240@code{.double} expects zero or more flonums, separated by commas. It
5241assembles floating point numbers.
5242@ifset GENERIC
5243The exact kind of floating point numbers emitted depends on how
a4fb0134 5244@command{@value{AS}} is configured. @xref{Machine Dependencies}.
252b5132
RH
5245@end ifset
5246@ifclear GENERIC
5247@ifset IEEEFLOAT
5248On the @value{TARGET} family @samp{.double} emits 64-bit floating-point numbers
5249in @sc{ieee} format.
5250@end ifset
5251@end ifclear
5252
5253@node Eject
5254@section @code{.eject}
5255
5256@cindex @code{eject} directive
5257@cindex new page, in listings
5258@cindex page, in listings
5259@cindex listing control: new page
5260Force a page break at this point, when generating assembly listings.
5261
5262@node Else
5263@section @code{.else}
5264
5265@cindex @code{else} directive
a4fb0134 5266@code{.else} is part of the @command{@value{AS}} support for conditional
96e9638b 5267assembly; see @ref{If,,@code{.if}}. It marks the beginning of a section
252b5132
RH
5268of code to be assembled if the condition for the preceding @code{.if}
5269was false.
5270
3fd9f047
TW
5271@node Elseif
5272@section @code{.elseif}
5273
5274@cindex @code{elseif} directive
a4fb0134 5275@code{.elseif} is part of the @command{@value{AS}} support for conditional
96e9638b 5276assembly; see @ref{If,,@code{.if}}. It is shorthand for beginning a new
3fd9f047
TW
5277@code{.if} block that would otherwise fill the entire @code{.else} section.
5278
252b5132
RH
5279@node End
5280@section @code{.end}
5281
5282@cindex @code{end} directive
a4fb0134 5283@code{.end} marks the end of the assembly file. @command{@value{AS}} does not
252b5132
RH
5284process anything in the file past the @code{.end} directive.
5285
5286@ifset COFF
5287@node Endef
5288@section @code{.endef}
5289
5290@cindex @code{endef} directive
5291This directive flags the end of a symbol definition begun with
5292@code{.def}.
252b5132
RH
5293@end ifset
5294
5295@node Endfunc
5296@section @code{.endfunc}
5297@cindex @code{endfunc} directive
5298@code{.endfunc} marks the end of a function specified with @code{.func}.
5299
5300@node Endif
5301@section @code{.endif}
5302
5303@cindex @code{endif} directive
a4fb0134 5304@code{.endif} is part of the @command{@value{AS}} support for conditional assembly;
252b5132
RH
5305it marks the end of a block of code that is only assembled
5306conditionally. @xref{If,,@code{.if}}.
5307
5308@node Equ
5309@section @code{.equ @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
5310
5311@cindex @code{equ} directive
5312@cindex assigning values to symbols
5313@cindex symbols, assigning values to
5314This directive sets the value of @var{symbol} to @var{expression}.
96e9638b 5315It is synonymous with @samp{.set}; see @ref{Set,,@code{.set}}.
252b5132
RH
5316
5317@ifset HPPA
01642c12 5318The syntax for @code{equ} on the HPPA is
252b5132
RH
5319@samp{@var{symbol} .equ @var{expression}}.
5320@end ifset
5321
3c9b82ba 5322@ifset Z80
01642c12
RM
5323The syntax for @code{equ} on the Z80 is
5324@samp{@var{symbol} equ @var{expression}}.
33eaf5de 5325On the Z80 it is an error if @var{symbol} is already defined,
01642c12 5326but the symbol is not protected from later redefinition.
96e9638b 5327Compare @ref{Equiv}.
3c9b82ba
NC
5328@end ifset
5329
252b5132
RH
5330@node Equiv
5331@section @code{.equiv @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
5332@cindex @code{equiv} directive
5333The @code{.equiv} directive is like @code{.equ} and @code{.set}, except that
8dfa0188
NC
5334the assembler will signal an error if @var{symbol} is already defined. Note a
5335symbol which has been referenced but not actually defined is considered to be
5336undefined.
252b5132 5337
01642c12 5338Except for the contents of the error message, this is roughly equivalent to
252b5132
RH
5339@smallexample
5340.ifdef SYM
5341.err
5342.endif
5343.equ SYM,VAL
5344@end smallexample
9497f5ac
NC
5345plus it protects the symbol from later redefinition.
5346
5347@node Eqv
5348@section @code{.eqv @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
5349@cindex @code{eqv} directive
5350The @code{.eqv} directive is like @code{.equiv}, but no attempt is made to
5351evaluate the expression or any part of it immediately. Instead each time
5352the resulting symbol is used in an expression, a snapshot of its current
5353value is taken.
252b5132
RH
5354
5355@node Err
5356@section @code{.err}
5357@cindex @code{err} directive
a4fb0134
SC
5358If @command{@value{AS}} assembles a @code{.err} directive, it will print an error
5359message and, unless the @option{-Z} option was used, it will not generate an
f9eb6721 5360object file. This can be used to signal an error in conditionally compiled code.
252b5132 5361
d190d046
HPN
5362@node Error
5363@section @code{.error "@var{string}"}
5364@cindex error directive
5365
5366Similarly to @code{.err}, this directive emits an error, but you can specify a
5367string that will be emitted as the error message. If you don't specify the
5368message, it defaults to @code{".error directive invoked in source file"}.
5369@xref{Errors, ,Error and Warning Messages}.
5370
5371@smallexample
5372 .error "This code has not been assembled and tested."
5373@end smallexample
5374
252b5132
RH
5375@node Exitm
5376@section @code{.exitm}
5377Exit early from the current macro definition. @xref{Macro}.
5378
5379@node Extern
5380@section @code{.extern}
5381
5382@cindex @code{extern} directive
5383@code{.extern} is accepted in the source program---for compatibility
a4fb0134 5384with other assemblers---but it is ignored. @command{@value{AS}} treats
252b5132
RH
5385all undefined symbols as external.
5386
5387@node Fail
5388@section @code{.fail @var{expression}}
5389
5390@cindex @code{fail} directive
5391Generates an error or a warning. If the value of the @var{expression} is 500
a4fb0134
SC
5392or more, @command{@value{AS}} will print a warning message. If the value is less
5393than 500, @command{@value{AS}} will print an error message. The message will
252b5132
RH
5394include the value of @var{expression}. This can occasionally be useful inside
5395complex nested macros or conditional assembly.
5396
252b5132 5397@node File
14082c76 5398@section @code{.file}
252b5132 5399@cindex @code{file} directive
14082c76
BW
5400
5401@ifclear no-file-dir
5402There are two different versions of the @code{.file} directive. Targets
5403that support DWARF2 line number information use the DWARF2 version of
5404@code{.file}. Other targets use the default version.
5405
5406@subheading Default Version
5407
252b5132
RH
5408@cindex logical file name
5409@cindex file name, logical
14082c76
BW
5410This version of the @code{.file} directive tells @command{@value{AS}} that we
5411are about to start a new logical file. The syntax is:
5412
5413@smallexample
5414.file @var{string}
5415@end smallexample
5416
5417@var{string} is the new file name. In general, the filename is
252b5132
RH
5418recognized whether or not it is surrounded by quotes @samp{"}; but if you wish
5419to specify an empty file name, you must give the quotes--@code{""}. This
5420statement may go away in future: it is only recognized to be compatible with
a4fb0134 5421old @command{@value{AS}} programs.
14082c76
BW
5422
5423@subheading DWARF2 Version
252b5132
RH
5424@end ifclear
5425
14082c76
BW
5426When emitting DWARF2 line number information, @code{.file} assigns filenames
5427to the @code{.debug_line} file name table. The syntax is:
5428
5429@smallexample
5430.file @var{fileno} @var{filename}
5431@end smallexample
5432
5433The @var{fileno} operand should be a unique positive integer to use as the
5434index of the entry in the table. The @var{filename} operand is a C string
5496f3c6
NC
5435literal enclosed in double quotes. The @var{filename} can include directory
5436elements. If it does, then the directory will be added to the directory table
5437and the basename will be added to the file table.
14082c76
BW
5438
5439The detail of filename indices is exposed to the user because the filename
5440table is shared with the @code{.debug_info} section of the DWARF2 debugging
5441information, and thus the user must know the exact indices that table
5442entries will have.
5443
f9402cca
EB
5444If DWARF5 support has been enabled via the @option{-gdwarf-5} option then
5445an extended version of @code{.file} is also allowed:
5496f3c6
NC
5446
5447@smallexample
5448.file @var{fileno} [@var{dirname}] @var{filename} [md5 @var{value}]
5449@end smallexample
5450
5451With this version a separate directory name is allowed, although if this is
f9402cca
EB
5452used then @var{filename} should not contain any directory component, except
5453for @var{fileno} equal to 0: in this case, @var{dirname} is expected to be
5454the current directory and @var{filename} the currently processed file, and
5455the latter need not be located in the former. In addtion an MD5 hash value
5456of the contents of @var{filename} can be provided. This will be stored in
5457the the file table as well, and can be used by tools reading the debug
5458information to verify that the contents of the source file match the
5459contents of the compiled file.
5496f3c6 5460
252b5132
RH
5461@node Fill
5462@section @code{.fill @var{repeat} , @var{size} , @var{value}}
5463
5464@cindex @code{fill} directive
5465@cindex writing patterns in memory
5466@cindex patterns, writing in memory
bc64be0c 5467@var{repeat}, @var{size} and @var{value} are absolute expressions.
252b5132
RH
5468This emits @var{repeat} copies of @var{size} bytes. @var{Repeat}
5469may be zero or more. @var{Size} may be zero or more, but if it is
5470more than 8, then it is deemed to have the value 8, compatible with
5471other people's assemblers. The contents of each @var{repeat} bytes
5472is taken from an 8-byte number. The highest order 4 bytes are
5473zero. The lowest order 4 bytes are @var{value} rendered in the
a4fb0134 5474byte-order of an integer on the computer @command{@value{AS}} is assembling for.
252b5132
RH
5475Each @var{size} bytes in a repetition is taken from the lowest order
5476@var{size} bytes of this number. Again, this bizarre behavior is
5477compatible with other people's assemblers.
5478
5479@var{size} and @var{value} are optional.
5480If the second comma and @var{value} are absent, @var{value} is
5481assumed zero. If the first comma and following tokens are absent,
5482@var{size} is assumed to be 1.
5483
5484@node Float
5485@section @code{.float @var{flonums}}
5486
5487@cindex floating point numbers (single)
5488@cindex @code{float} directive
5489This directive assembles zero or more flonums, separated by commas. It
5490has the same effect as @code{.single}.
5491@ifset GENERIC
5492The exact kind of floating point numbers emitted depends on how
a4fb0134 5493@command{@value{AS}} is configured.
252b5132
RH
5494@xref{Machine Dependencies}.
5495@end ifset
5496@ifclear GENERIC
5497@ifset IEEEFLOAT
5498On the @value{TARGET} family, @code{.float} emits 32-bit floating point numbers
5499in @sc{ieee} format.
5500@end ifset
5501@end ifclear
5502
5503@node Func
5504@section @code{.func @var{name}[,@var{label}]}
5505@cindex @code{func} directive
5506@code{.func} emits debugging information to denote function @var{name}, and
5507is ignored unless the file is assembled with debugging enabled.
05da4302 5508Only @samp{--gstabs[+]} is currently supported.
252b5132
RH
5509@var{label} is the entry point of the function and if omitted @var{name}
5510prepended with the @samp{leading char} is used.
5511@samp{leading char} is usually @code{_} or nothing, depending on the target.
5512All functions are currently defined to have @code{void} return type.
5513The function must be terminated with @code{.endfunc}.
5514
5515@node Global
5516@section @code{.global @var{symbol}}, @code{.globl @var{symbol}}
5517
5518@cindex @code{global} directive
5519@cindex symbol, making visible to linker
5520@code{.global} makes the symbol visible to @code{@value{LD}}. If you define
5521@var{symbol} in your partial program, its value is made available to
5522other partial programs that are linked with it. Otherwise,
5523@var{symbol} takes its attributes from a symbol of the same name
5524from another file linked into the same program.
5525
5526Both spellings (@samp{.globl} and @samp{.global}) are accepted, for
5527compatibility with other assemblers.
5528
5529@ifset HPPA
5530On the HPPA, @code{.global} is not always enough to make it accessible to other
5531partial programs. You may need the HPPA-only @code{.EXPORT} directive as well.
96e9638b 5532@xref{HPPA Directives, ,HPPA Assembler Directives}.
252b5132
RH
5533@end ifset
5534
c91d2e08 5535@ifset ELF
3a99f02f
DJ
5536@node Gnu_attribute
5537@section @code{.gnu_attribute @var{tag},@var{value}}
5538Record a @sc{gnu} object attribute for this file. @xref{Object Attributes}.
5539
c91d2e08
NC
5540@node Hidden
5541@section @code{.hidden @var{names}}
5542
c1253627
NC
5543@cindex @code{hidden} directive
5544@cindex visibility
ed9589d4 5545This is one of the ELF visibility directives. The other two are
01642c12 5546@code{.internal} (@pxref{Internal,,@code{.internal}}) and
a349d9dd 5547@code{.protected} (@pxref{Protected,,@code{.protected}}).
c91d2e08
NC
5548
5549This directive overrides the named symbols default visibility (which is set by
5550their binding: local, global or weak). The directive sets the visibility to
5551@code{hidden} which means that the symbols are not visible to other components.
01642c12 5552Such symbols are always considered to be @code{protected} as well.
c91d2e08
NC
5553@end ifset
5554
252b5132
RH
5555@node hword
5556@section @code{.hword @var{expressions}}
5557
5558@cindex @code{hword} directive
5559@cindex integers, 16-bit
5560@cindex numbers, 16-bit
5561@cindex sixteen bit integers
5562This expects zero or more @var{expressions}, and emits
5563a 16 bit number for each.
5564
5565@ifset GENERIC
5566This directive is a synonym for @samp{.short}; depending on the target
5567architecture, it may also be a synonym for @samp{.word}.
5568@end ifset
5569@ifclear GENERIC
5570@ifset W32
5571This directive is a synonym for @samp{.short}.
5572@end ifset
5573@ifset W16
5574This directive is a synonym for both @samp{.short} and @samp{.word}.
5575@end ifset
5576@end ifclear
5577
5578@node Ident
5579@section @code{.ident}
5580
5581@cindex @code{ident} directive
cb4c78d6
BE
5582
5583This directive is used by some assemblers to place tags in object files. The
5584behavior of this directive varies depending on the target. When using the
5585a.out object file format, @command{@value{AS}} simply accepts the directive for
5586source-file compatibility with existing assemblers, but does not emit anything
5587for it. When using COFF, comments are emitted to the @code{.comment} or
5588@code{.rdata} section, depending on the target. When using ELF, comments are
5589emitted to the @code{.comment} section.
252b5132
RH
5590
5591@node If
5592@section @code{.if @var{absolute expression}}
5593
5594@cindex conditional assembly
5595@cindex @code{if} directive
5596@code{.if} marks the beginning of a section of code which is only
5597considered part of the source program being assembled if the argument
5598(which must be an @var{absolute expression}) is non-zero. The end of
5599the conditional section of code must be marked by @code{.endif}
5600(@pxref{Endif,,@code{.endif}}); optionally, you may include code for the
5601alternative condition, flagged by @code{.else} (@pxref{Else,,@code{.else}}).
3fd9f047
TW
5602If you have several conditions to check, @code{.elseif} may be used to avoid
5603nesting blocks if/else within each subsequent @code{.else} block.
252b5132
RH
5604
5605The following variants of @code{.if} are also supported:
5606@table @code
5607@cindex @code{ifdef} directive
5608@item .ifdef @var{symbol}
5609Assembles the following section of code if the specified @var{symbol}
8dfa0188
NC
5610has been defined. Note a symbol which has been referenced but not yet defined
5611is considered to be undefined.
252b5132 5612
26aca5f6
JB
5613@cindex @code{ifb} directive
5614@item .ifb @var{text}
5615Assembles the following section of code if the operand is blank (empty).
5616
252b5132
RH
5617@cindex @code{ifc} directive
5618@item .ifc @var{string1},@var{string2}
5619Assembles the following section of code if the two strings are the same. The
5620strings may be optionally quoted with single quotes. If they are not quoted,
5621the first string stops at the first comma, and the second string stops at the
5622end of the line. Strings which contain whitespace should be quoted. The
5623string comparison is case sensitive.
5624
5625@cindex @code{ifeq} directive
5626@item .ifeq @var{absolute expression}
5627Assembles the following section of code if the argument is zero.
5628
5629@cindex @code{ifeqs} directive
5630@item .ifeqs @var{string1},@var{string2}
5631Another form of @code{.ifc}. The strings must be quoted using double quotes.
5632
5633@cindex @code{ifge} directive
5634@item .ifge @var{absolute expression}
5635Assembles the following section of code if the argument is greater than or
5636equal to zero.
5637
5638@cindex @code{ifgt} directive
5639@item .ifgt @var{absolute expression}
5640Assembles the following section of code if the argument is greater than zero.
5641
5642@cindex @code{ifle} directive
5643@item .ifle @var{absolute expression}
5644Assembles the following section of code if the argument is less than or equal
5645to zero.
5646
5647@cindex @code{iflt} directive
5648@item .iflt @var{absolute expression}
5649Assembles the following section of code if the argument is less than zero.
5650
26aca5f6
JB
5651@cindex @code{ifnb} directive
5652@item .ifnb @var{text}
5653Like @code{.ifb}, but the sense of the test is reversed: this assembles the
5654following section of code if the operand is non-blank (non-empty).
5655
252b5132
RH
5656@cindex @code{ifnc} directive
5657@item .ifnc @var{string1},@var{string2}.
5658Like @code{.ifc}, but the sense of the test is reversed: this assembles the
5659following section of code if the two strings are not the same.
5660
5661@cindex @code{ifndef} directive
5662@cindex @code{ifnotdef} directive
5663@item .ifndef @var{symbol}
5664@itemx .ifnotdef @var{symbol}
5665Assembles the following section of code if the specified @var{symbol}
8dfa0188
NC
5666has not been defined. Both spelling variants are equivalent. Note a symbol
5667which has been referenced but not yet defined is considered to be undefined.
252b5132
RH
5668
5669@cindex @code{ifne} directive
5670@item .ifne @var{absolute expression}
5671Assembles the following section of code if the argument is not equal to zero
5672(in other words, this is equivalent to @code{.if}).
5673
5674@cindex @code{ifnes} directive
5675@item .ifnes @var{string1},@var{string2}
5676Like @code{.ifeqs}, but the sense of the test is reversed: this assembles the
5677following section of code if the two strings are not the same.
5678@end table
5679
7e005732
NC
5680@node Incbin
5681@section @code{.incbin "@var{file}"[,@var{skip}[,@var{count}]]}
5682
5683@cindex @code{incbin} directive
5684@cindex binary files, including
5685The @code{incbin} directive includes @var{file} verbatim at the current
5686location. You can control the search paths used with the @samp{-I} command-line
5687option (@pxref{Invoking,,Command-Line Options}). Quotation marks are required
5688around @var{file}.
5689
5690The @var{skip} argument skips a number of bytes from the start of the
5691@var{file}. The @var{count} argument indicates the maximum number of bytes to
15dcfbc3
NC
5692read. Note that the data is not aligned in any way, so it is the user's
5693responsibility to make sure that proper alignment is provided both before and
5694after the @code{incbin} directive.
7e005732 5695
252b5132
RH
5696@node Include
5697@section @code{.include "@var{file}"}
5698
5699@cindex @code{include} directive
5700@cindex supporting files, including
5701@cindex files, including
5702This directive provides a way to include supporting files at specified
5703points in your source program. The code from @var{file} is assembled as
5704if it followed the point of the @code{.include}; when the end of the
5705included file is reached, assembly of the original file continues. You
5706can control the search paths used with the @samp{-I} command-line option
5707(@pxref{Invoking,,Command-Line Options}). Quotation marks are required
5708around @var{file}.
5709
5710@node Int
5711@section @code{.int @var{expressions}}
5712
5713@cindex @code{int} directive
5714@cindex integers, 32-bit
5715Expect zero or more @var{expressions}, of any section, separated by commas.
5716For each expression, emit a number that, at run time, is the value of that
5717expression. The byte order and bit size of the number depends on what kind
5718of target the assembly is for.
5719
5720@ifclear GENERIC
5721@ifset H8
7be1c489 5722On most forms of the H8/300, @code{.int} emits 16-bit
c2dcd04e 5723integers. On the H8/300H and the Renesas SH, however, @code{.int} emits
252b5132
RH
572432-bit integers.
5725@end ifset
5726@end ifclear
5727
c91d2e08
NC
5728@ifset ELF
5729@node Internal
5730@section @code{.internal @var{names}}
5731
c1253627
NC
5732@cindex @code{internal} directive
5733@cindex visibility
ed9589d4 5734This is one of the ELF visibility directives. The other two are
01642c12 5735@code{.hidden} (@pxref{Hidden,,@code{.hidden}}) and
a349d9dd 5736@code{.protected} (@pxref{Protected,,@code{.protected}}).
c91d2e08
NC
5737
5738This directive overrides the named symbols default visibility (which is set by
5739their binding: local, global or weak). The directive sets the visibility to
5740@code{internal} which means that the symbols are considered to be @code{hidden}
c1253627 5741(i.e., not visible to other components), and that some extra, processor specific
c91d2e08
NC
5742processing must also be performed upon the symbols as well.
5743@end ifset
5744
252b5132
RH
5745@node Irp
5746@section @code{.irp @var{symbol},@var{values}}@dots{}
5747
5748@cindex @code{irp} directive
5749Evaluate a sequence of statements assigning different values to @var{symbol}.
5750The sequence of statements starts at the @code{.irp} directive, and is
5751terminated by an @code{.endr} directive. For each @var{value}, @var{symbol} is
5752set to @var{value}, and the sequence of statements is assembled. If no
5753@var{value} is listed, the sequence of statements is assembled once, with
5754@var{symbol} set to the null string. To refer to @var{symbol} within the
5755sequence of statements, use @var{\symbol}.
5756
5757For example, assembling
5758
5759@example
5760 .irp param,1,2,3
5761 move d\param,sp@@-
5762 .endr
5763@end example
5764
5765is equivalent to assembling
5766
5767@example
5768 move d1,sp@@-
5769 move d2,sp@@-
5770 move d3,sp@@-
5771@end example
5772
96e9638b 5773For some caveats with the spelling of @var{symbol}, see also @ref{Macro}.
5e75c3ab 5774
252b5132
RH
5775@node Irpc
5776@section @code{.irpc @var{symbol},@var{values}}@dots{}
5777
5778@cindex @code{irpc} directive
5779Evaluate a sequence of statements assigning different values to @var{symbol}.
5780The sequence of statements starts at the @code{.irpc} directive, and is
5781terminated by an @code{.endr} directive. For each character in @var{value},
5782@var{symbol} is set to the character, and the sequence of statements is
5783assembled. If no @var{value} is listed, the sequence of statements is
5784assembled once, with @var{symbol} set to the null string. To refer to
5785@var{symbol} within the sequence of statements, use @var{\symbol}.
5786
5787For example, assembling
5788
5789@example
5790 .irpc param,123
5791 move d\param,sp@@-
5792 .endr
5793@end example
5794
5795is equivalent to assembling
5796
5797@example
5798 move d1,sp@@-
5799 move d2,sp@@-
5800 move d3,sp@@-
5801@end example
5802
5e75c3ab
JB
5803For some caveats with the spelling of @var{symbol}, see also the discussion
5804at @xref{Macro}.
5805
252b5132
RH
5806@node Lcomm
5807@section @code{.lcomm @var{symbol} , @var{length}}
5808
5809@cindex @code{lcomm} directive
5810@cindex local common symbols
5811@cindex symbols, local common
5812Reserve @var{length} (an absolute expression) bytes for a local common
5813denoted by @var{symbol}. The section and value of @var{symbol} are
5814those of the new local common. The addresses are allocated in the bss
5815section, so that at run-time the bytes start off zeroed. @var{Symbol}
5816is not declared global (@pxref{Global,,@code{.global}}), so is normally
5817not visible to @code{@value{LD}}.
5818
5819@ifset GENERIC
5820Some targets permit a third argument to be used with @code{.lcomm}. This
5821argument specifies the desired alignment of the symbol in the bss section.
5822@end ifset
5823
5824@ifset HPPA
5825The syntax for @code{.lcomm} differs slightly on the HPPA. The syntax is
5826@samp{@var{symbol} .lcomm, @var{length}}; @var{symbol} is optional.
5827@end ifset
5828
5829@node Lflags
5830@section @code{.lflags}
5831
5832@cindex @code{lflags} directive (ignored)
a4fb0134 5833@command{@value{AS}} accepts this directive, for compatibility with other
252b5132
RH
5834assemblers, but ignores it.
5835
5836@ifclear no-line-dir
5837@node Line
5838@section @code{.line @var{line-number}}
5839
5840@cindex @code{line} directive
252b5132 5841@cindex logical line number
a8eb42a8 5842@ifset aout
252b5132
RH
5843Change the logical line number. @var{line-number} must be an absolute
5844expression. The next line has that logical line number. Therefore any other
5845statements on the current line (after a statement separator character) are
5846reported as on logical line number @var{line-number} @minus{} 1. One day
a4fb0134 5847@command{@value{AS}} will no longer support this directive: it is recognized only
252b5132 5848for compatibility with existing assembler programs.
252b5132
RH
5849@end ifset
5850
252b5132 5851Even though this is a directive associated with the @code{a.out} or
a4fb0134 5852@code{b.out} object-code formats, @command{@value{AS}} still recognizes it
252b5132
RH
5853when producing COFF output, and treats @samp{.line} as though it
5854were the COFF @samp{.ln} @emph{if} it is found outside a
5855@code{.def}/@code{.endef} pair.
5856
5857Inside a @code{.def}, @samp{.line} is, instead, one of the directives
5858used by compilers to generate auxiliary symbol information for
5859debugging.
5860@end ifclear
5861
5862@node Linkonce
5863@section @code{.linkonce [@var{type}]}
5864@cindex COMDAT
5865@cindex @code{linkonce} directive
5866@cindex common sections
5867Mark the current section so that the linker only includes a single copy of it.
5868This may be used to include the same section in several different object files,
5869but ensure that the linker will only include it once in the final output file.
5870The @code{.linkonce} pseudo-op must be used for each instance of the section.
5871Duplicate sections are detected based on the section name, so it should be
5872unique.
5873
5874This directive is only supported by a few object file formats; as of this
5875writing, the only object file format which supports it is the Portable
5876Executable format used on Windows NT.
5877
5878The @var{type} argument is optional. If specified, it must be one of the
5879following strings. For example:
5880@smallexample
5881.linkonce same_size
5882@end smallexample
5883Not all types may be supported on all object file formats.
5884
5885@table @code
5886@item discard
5887Silently discard duplicate sections. This is the default.
5888
5889@item one_only
5890Warn if there are duplicate sections, but still keep only one copy.
5891
5892@item same_size
5893Warn if any of the duplicates have different sizes.
5894
5895@item same_contents
5896Warn if any of the duplicates do not have exactly the same contents.
5897@end table
5898
ccf8a69b
BW
5899@node List
5900@section @code{.list}
5901
5902@cindex @code{list} directive
5903@cindex listing control, turning on
5904Control (in conjunction with the @code{.nolist} directive) whether or
5905not assembly listings are generated. These two directives maintain an
5906internal counter (which is zero initially). @code{.list} increments the
5907counter, and @code{.nolist} decrements it. Assembly listings are
5908generated whenever the counter is greater than zero.
5909
5910By default, listings are disabled. When you enable them (with the
a05a5b64 5911@samp{-a} command-line option; @pxref{Invoking,,Command-Line Options}),
ccf8a69b
BW
5912the initial value of the listing counter is one.
5913
252b5132
RH
5914@node Ln
5915@section @code{.ln @var{line-number}}
5916
5917@cindex @code{ln} directive
5918@ifclear no-line-dir
5919@samp{.ln} is a synonym for @samp{.line}.
5920@end ifclear
5921@ifset no-line-dir
a4fb0134 5922Tell @command{@value{AS}} to change the logical line number. @var{line-number}
252b5132
RH
5923must be an absolute expression. The next line has that logical
5924line number, so any other statements on the current line (after a
5925statement separator character @code{;}) are reported as on logical
5926line number @var{line-number} @minus{} 1.
252b5132
RH
5927@end ifset
5928
ccf8a69b
BW
5929@node Loc
5930@section @code{.loc @var{fileno} @var{lineno} [@var{column}] [@var{options}]}
5931@cindex @code{loc} directive
5932When emitting DWARF2 line number information,
5933the @code{.loc} directive will add a row to the @code{.debug_line} line
5934number matrix corresponding to the immediately following assembly
5935instruction. The @var{fileno}, @var{lineno}, and optional @var{column}
5936arguments will be applied to the @code{.debug_line} state machine before
edc7a80a
MW
5937the row is added. It is an error for the input assembly file to generate
5938a non-empty @code{.debug_line} and also use @code{loc} directives.
252b5132 5939
ccf8a69b
BW
5940The @var{options} are a sequence of the following tokens in any order:
5941
5942@table @code
5943@item basic_block
5944This option will set the @code{basic_block} register in the
5945@code{.debug_line} state machine to @code{true}.
5946
5947@item prologue_end
5948This option will set the @code{prologue_end} register in the
5949@code{.debug_line} state machine to @code{true}.
5950
5951@item epilogue_begin
5952This option will set the @code{epilogue_begin} register in the
5953@code{.debug_line} state machine to @code{true}.
5954
5955@item is_stmt @var{value}
5956This option will set the @code{is_stmt} register in the
01642c12 5957@code{.debug_line} state machine to @code{value}, which must be
ccf8a69b
BW
5958either 0 or 1.
5959
5960@item isa @var{value}
5961This directive will set the @code{isa} register in the @code{.debug_line}
5962state machine to @var{value}, which must be an unsigned integer.
5963
92846e72
CC
5964@item discriminator @var{value}
5965This directive will set the @code{discriminator} register in the @code{.debug_line}
5966state machine to @var{value}, which must be an unsigned integer.
5967
ba8826a8
AO
5968@item view @var{value}
5969This option causes a row to be added to @code{.debug_line} in reference to the
5970current address (which might not be the same as that of the following assembly
5971instruction), and to associate @var{value} with the @code{view} register in the
5972@code{.debug_line} state machine. If @var{value} is a label, both the
5973@code{view} register and the label are set to the number of prior @code{.loc}
5974directives at the same program location. If @var{value} is the literal
5975@code{0}, the @code{view} register is set to zero, and the assembler asserts
5976that there aren't any prior @code{.loc} directives at the same program
5977location. If @var{value} is the literal @code{-0}, the assembler arrange for
5978the @code{view} register to be reset in this row, even if there are prior
5979@code{.loc} directives at the same program location.
5980
ccf8a69b
BW
5981@end table
5982
5983@node Loc_mark_labels
5984@section @code{.loc_mark_labels @var{enable}}
5985@cindex @code{loc_mark_labels} directive
5986When emitting DWARF2 line number information,
5987the @code{.loc_mark_labels} directive makes the assembler emit an entry
5988to the @code{.debug_line} line number matrix with the @code{basic_block}
5989register in the state machine set whenever a code label is seen.
5990The @var{enable} argument should be either 1 or 0, to enable or disable
5991this function respectively.
252b5132 5992
4d4175af
BW
5993@ifset ELF
5994@node Local
5995@section @code{.local @var{names}}
5996
5997@cindex @code{local} directive
5998This directive, which is available for ELF targets, marks each symbol in
5999the comma-separated list of @code{names} as a local symbol so that it
6000will not be externally visible. If the symbols do not already exist,
6001they will be created.
6002
6003For targets where the @code{.lcomm} directive (@pxref{Lcomm}) does not
6004accept an alignment argument, which is the case for most ELF targets,
6005the @code{.local} directive can be used in combination with @code{.comm}
6006(@pxref{Comm}) to define aligned local common data.
6007@end ifset
6008
252b5132
RH
6009@node Long
6010@section @code{.long @var{expressions}}
6011
6012@cindex @code{long} directive
96e9638b 6013@code{.long} is the same as @samp{.int}. @xref{Int,,@code{.int}}.
252b5132
RH
6014
6015@ignore
6016@c no one seems to know what this is for or whether this description is
6017@c what it really ought to do
6018@node Lsym
6019@section @code{.lsym @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
6020
6021@cindex @code{lsym} directive
6022@cindex symbol, not referenced in assembly
6023@code{.lsym} creates a new symbol named @var{symbol}, but does not put it in
6024the hash table, ensuring it cannot be referenced by name during the
6025rest of the assembly. This sets the attributes of the symbol to be
6026the same as the expression value:
6027@smallexample
6028@var{other} = @var{descriptor} = 0
6029@var{type} = @r{(section of @var{expression})}
6030@var{value} = @var{expression}
6031@end smallexample
6032@noindent
6033The new symbol is not flagged as external.
6034@end ignore
6035
6036@node Macro
6037@section @code{.macro}
6038
6039@cindex macros
6040The commands @code{.macro} and @code{.endm} allow you to define macros that
6041generate assembly output. For example, this definition specifies a macro
6042@code{sum} that puts a sequence of numbers into memory:
6043
6044@example
6045 .macro sum from=0, to=5
6046 .long \from
6047 .if \to-\from
6048 sum "(\from+1)",\to
6049 .endif
6050 .endm
6051@end example
6052
6053@noindent
6054With that definition, @samp{SUM 0,5} is equivalent to this assembly input:
6055
6056@example
6057 .long 0
6058 .long 1
6059 .long 2
6060 .long 3
6061 .long 4
6062 .long 5
6063@end example
6064
6065@ftable @code
6066@item .macro @var{macname}
6067@itemx .macro @var{macname} @var{macargs} @dots{}
6068@cindex @code{macro} directive
6069Begin the definition of a macro called @var{macname}. If your macro
6070definition requires arguments, specify their names after the macro name,
6eaeac8a
JB
6071separated by commas or spaces. You can qualify the macro argument to
6072indicate whether all invocations must specify a non-blank value (through
6073@samp{:@code{req}}), or whether it takes all of the remaining arguments
6074(through @samp{:@code{vararg}}). You can supply a default value for any
fffeaa5f
JB
6075macro argument by following the name with @samp{=@var{deflt}}. You
6076cannot define two macros with the same @var{macname} unless it has been
96e9638b 6077subject to the @code{.purgem} directive (@pxref{Purgem}) between the two
fffeaa5f 6078definitions. For example, these are all valid @code{.macro} statements:
252b5132
RH
6079
6080@table @code
6081@item .macro comm
6082Begin the definition of a macro called @code{comm}, which takes no
6083arguments.
6084
6258339f 6085@item .macro plus1 p, p1
252b5132
RH
6086@itemx .macro plus1 p p1
6087Either statement begins the definition of a macro called @code{plus1},
6088which takes two arguments; within the macro definition, write
6089@samp{\p} or @samp{\p1} to evaluate the arguments.
6090
6091@item .macro reserve_str p1=0 p2
6092Begin the definition of a macro called @code{reserve_str}, with two
6093arguments. The first argument has a default value, but not the second.
6094After the definition is complete, you can call the macro either as
6095@samp{reserve_str @var{a},@var{b}} (with @samp{\p1} evaluating to
6096@var{a} and @samp{\p2} evaluating to @var{b}), or as @samp{reserve_str
6097,@var{b}} (with @samp{\p1} evaluating as the default, in this case
6098@samp{0}, and @samp{\p2} evaluating to @var{b}).
252b5132 6099
6eaeac8a
JB
6100@item .macro m p1:req, p2=0, p3:vararg
6101Begin the definition of a macro called @code{m}, with at least three
6102arguments. The first argument must always have a value specified, but
6103not the second, which instead has a default value. The third formal
6104will get assigned all remaining arguments specified at invocation time.
6105
252b5132
RH
6106When you call a macro, you can specify the argument values either by
6107position, or by keyword. For example, @samp{sum 9,17} is equivalent to
6108@samp{sum to=17, from=9}.
6109
6258339f
NC
6110@end table
6111
5e75c3ab
JB
6112Note that since each of the @var{macargs} can be an identifier exactly
6113as any other one permitted by the target architecture, there may be
6114occasional problems if the target hand-crafts special meanings to certain
6258339f 6115characters when they occur in a special position. For example, if the colon
5e75c3ab 6116(@code{:}) is generally permitted to be part of a symbol name, but the
6258339f 6117architecture specific code special-cases it when occurring as the final
5e75c3ab
JB
6118character of a symbol (to denote a label), then the macro parameter
6119replacement code will have no way of knowing that and consider the whole
6120construct (including the colon) an identifier, and check only this
6258339f
NC
6121identifier for being the subject to parameter substitution. So for example
6122this macro definition:
6123
6124@example
6125 .macro label l
6126\l:
6127 .endm
6128@end example
6129
6130might not work as expected. Invoking @samp{label foo} might not create a label
6131called @samp{foo} but instead just insert the text @samp{\l:} into the
6132assembler source, probably generating an error about an unrecognised
6133identifier.
6134
6135Similarly problems might occur with the period character (@samp{.})
6136which is often allowed inside opcode names (and hence identifier names). So
6137for example constructing a macro to build an opcode from a base name and a
6138length specifier like this:
6139
6140@example
6141 .macro opcode base length
6142 \base.\length
6143 .endm
6144@end example
6145
6146and invoking it as @samp{opcode store l} will not create a @samp{store.l}
6147instruction but instead generate some kind of error as the assembler tries to
6148interpret the text @samp{\base.\length}.
6149
6150There are several possible ways around this problem:
6151
6152@table @code
6153@item Insert white space
6154If it is possible to use white space characters then this is the simplest
6155solution. eg:
6156
6157@example
6158 .macro label l
6159\l :
6160 .endm
6161@end example
6162
6163@item Use @samp{\()}
6164The string @samp{\()} can be used to separate the end of a macro argument from
6165the following text. eg:
6166
6167@example
6168 .macro opcode base length
6169 \base\().\length
6170 .endm
6171@end example
6172
6173@item Use the alternate macro syntax mode
6174In the alternative macro syntax mode the ampersand character (@samp{&}) can be
6175used as a separator. eg:
5e75c3ab
JB
6176
6177@example
6178 .altmacro
6179 .macro label l
6180l&:
6181 .endm
6182@end example
6258339f 6183@end table
5e75c3ab 6184
96e9638b 6185Note: this problem of correctly identifying string parameters to pseudo ops
01642c12 6186also applies to the identifiers used in @code{.irp} (@pxref{Irp})
96e9638b 6187and @code{.irpc} (@pxref{Irpc}) as well.
5e75c3ab 6188
b3446f94
JB
6189Another issue can occur with the actual arguments passed during macro
6190invocation: Multiple arguments can be separated by blanks or commas. To have
6191arguments actually contain blanks or commas (or potentially other non-alpha-
6192numeric characters), individual arguments will need to be enclosed in either
6193parentheses @code{()}, square brackets @code{[]}, or double quote @code{"}
6194characters. The latter may be the only viable option in certain situations,
6195as only double quotes are actually stripped while establishing arguments. It
6196may be important to be aware of two escaping models used when processing such
6197quoted argument strings: For one two adjacent double quotes represent a single
6198double quote in the resulting argument, going along the lines of the stripping
6199of the enclosing quotes. But then double quotes can also be escaped by a
6200backslash @code{\}, but this backslash will not be retained in the resulting
6201actual argument as then seen / used while expanding the macro.
6202
6203As a consequence to the first of these escaping mechanisms two string literals
6204intended to be representing separate macro arguments need to be separated by
6205white space (or, better yet, by a comma). To state it differently, such
6206adjacent string literals - even if separated only by a blank - will not be
6207concatenated when determining macro arguments, even if they're only separated
6208by white space. This is unlike certain other pseudo ops, e.g. @code{.ascii}.
6209
252b5132
RH
6210@item .endm
6211@cindex @code{endm} directive
6212Mark the end of a macro definition.
6213
6214@item .exitm
6215@cindex @code{exitm} directive
6216Exit early from the current macro definition.
6217
6218@cindex number of macros executed
6219@cindex macros, count executed
6220@item \@@
a4fb0134 6221@command{@value{AS}} maintains a counter of how many macros it has
252b5132
RH
6222executed in this pseudo-variable; you can copy that number to your
6223output with @samp{\@@}, but @emph{only within a macro definition}.
6224
252b5132
RH
6225@item LOCAL @var{name} [ , @dots{} ]
6226@emph{Warning: @code{LOCAL} is only available if you select ``alternate
caa32fe5
NC
6227macro syntax'' with @samp{--alternate} or @code{.altmacro}.}
6228@xref{Altmacro,,@code{.altmacro}}.
6229@end ftable
252b5132 6230
ccf8a69b
BW
6231@node MRI
6232@section @code{.mri @var{val}}
caa32fe5 6233
ccf8a69b
BW
6234@cindex @code{mri} directive
6235@cindex MRI mode, temporarily
6236If @var{val} is non-zero, this tells @command{@value{AS}} to enter MRI mode. If
6237@var{val} is zero, this tells @command{@value{AS}} to exit MRI mode. This change
6238affects code assembled until the next @code{.mri} directive, or until the end
6239of the file. @xref{M, MRI mode, MRI mode}.
252b5132 6240
caa32fe5
NC
6241@node Noaltmacro
6242@section @code{.noaltmacro}
96e9638b 6243Disable alternate macro mode. @xref{Altmacro}.
caa32fe5 6244
252b5132
RH
6245@node Nolist
6246@section @code{.nolist}
6247
6248@cindex @code{nolist} directive
6249@cindex listing control, turning off
6250Control (in conjunction with the @code{.list} directive) whether or
6251not assembly listings are generated. These two directives maintain an
6252internal counter (which is zero initially). @code{.list} increments the
6253counter, and @code{.nolist} decrements it. Assembly listings are
6254generated whenever the counter is greater than zero.
6255
b1766e7c 6256@node Nop
058430b4 6257@section @code{.nop [@var{size}]}
b1766e7c
NC
6258
6259@cindex @code{nop} directive
6260@cindex filling memory with no-op instructions
058430b4
AM
6261This directive emits no-op instructions. It is provided on all architectures,
6262allowing the creation of architecture neutral tests involving actual code. The
6263size of the generated instruction is target specific, but if the optional
6264@var{size} argument is given and resolves to an absolute positive value at that
6265point in assembly (no forward expressions allowed) then the fewest no-op
6266instructions are emitted that equal or exceed a total @var{size} in bytes.
6267@code{.nop} does affect the generation of DWARF debug line information.
6268Some targets do not support using @code{.nop} with @var{size}.
b1766e7c 6269
8f065d3b
L
6270@node Nops
6271@section @code{.nops @var{size}[, @var{control}]}
62a02d25 6272
8f065d3b 6273@cindex @code{nops} directive
62a02d25 6274@cindex filling memory with no-op instructions
b1766e7c
NC
6275This directive emits no-op instructions. It is specific to the Intel 80386 and
6276AMD x86-64 targets. It takes a @var{size} argument and generates @var{size}
6277bytes of no-op instructions. @var{size} must be absolute and positive. These
6278bytes do not affect the generation of DWARF debug line information.
6279
6280The optional @var{control} argument specifies a size limit for a single no-op
6281instruction. If not provided then a value of 0 is assumed. The valid values
6282of @var{control} are between 0 and 4 in 16-bit mode, between 0 and 7 when
6283tuning for older processors in 32-bit mode, between 0 and 11 in 64-bit mode or
6284when tuning for newer processors in 32-bit mode. When 0 is used, the no-op
3ae729d5 6285instruction size limit is set to the maximum supported size.
62a02d25 6286
252b5132
RH
6287@node Octa
6288@section @code{.octa @var{bignums}}
6289
a8eb42a8 6290@c FIXME: double size emitted for "octa" on some? Or warn?
252b5132
RH
6291@cindex @code{octa} directive
6292@cindex integer, 16-byte
6293@cindex sixteen byte integer
6294This directive expects zero or more bignums, separated by commas. For each
6295bignum, it emits a 16-byte integer.
6296
6297The term ``octa'' comes from contexts in which a ``word'' is two bytes;
6298hence @emph{octa}-word for 16 bytes.
6299
9aec2026
NC
6300@node Offset
6301@section @code{.offset @var{loc}}
6302
6303@cindex @code{offset} directive
6304Set the location counter to @var{loc} in the absolute section. @var{loc} must
6305be an absolute expression. This directive may be useful for defining
6306symbols with absolute values. Do not confuse it with the @code{.org}
fa94de6b 6307directive.
9aec2026 6308
252b5132
RH
6309@node Org
6310@section @code{.org @var{new-lc} , @var{fill}}
6311
6312@cindex @code{org} directive
6313@cindex location counter, advancing
6314@cindex advancing location counter
6315@cindex current address, advancing
6316Advance the location counter of the current section to
6317@var{new-lc}. @var{new-lc} is either an absolute expression or an
6318expression with the same section as the current subsection. That is,
6319you can't use @code{.org} to cross sections: if @var{new-lc} has the
6320wrong section, the @code{.org} directive is ignored. To be compatible
6321with former assemblers, if the section of @var{new-lc} is absolute,
a4fb0134 6322@command{@value{AS}} issues a warning, then pretends the section of @var{new-lc}
252b5132
RH
6323is the same as the current subsection.
6324
6325@code{.org} may only increase the location counter, or leave it
6326unchanged; you cannot use @code{.org} to move the location counter
6327backwards.
6328
6329@c double negative used below "not undefined" because this is a specific
6330@c reference to "undefined" (as SEG_UNKNOWN is called in this manual)
6331@c section. doc@cygnus.com 18feb91
a4fb0134 6332Because @command{@value{AS}} tries to assemble programs in one pass, @var{new-lc}
252b5132
RH
6333may not be undefined. If you really detest this restriction we eagerly await
6334a chance to share your improved assembler.
6335
6336Beware that the origin is relative to the start of the section, not
6337to the start of the subsection. This is compatible with other
6338people's assemblers.
6339
6340When the location counter (of the current subsection) is advanced, the
6341intervening bytes are filled with @var{fill} which should be an
6342absolute expression. If the comma and @var{fill} are omitted,
6343@var{fill} defaults to zero.
6344
6345@node P2align
915808f6 6346@section @code{.p2align[wl] [@var{abs-expr}[, @var{abs-expr}[, @var{abs-expr}]]]}
252b5132
RH
6347
6348@cindex padding the location counter given a power of two
6349@cindex @code{p2align} directive
6350Pad the location counter (in the current subsection) to a particular
6351storage boundary. The first expression (which must be absolute) is the
6352number of low-order zero bits the location counter must have after
6353advancement. For example @samp{.p2align 3} advances the location
a6ce99e9 6354counter until it is a multiple of 8. If the location counter is already a
915808f6
NC
6355multiple of 8, no change is needed. If the expression is omitted then a
6356default value of 0 is used, effectively disabling alignment requirements.
252b5132
RH
6357
6358The second expression (also absolute) gives the fill value to be stored in the
6359padding bytes. It (and the comma) may be omitted. If it is omitted, the
2ca23e65 6360padding bytes are normally zero. However, on most systems, if the section is
252b5132
RH
6361marked as containing code and the fill value is omitted, the space is filled
6362with no-op instructions.
6363
6364The third expression is also absolute, and is also optional. If it is present,
6365it is the maximum number of bytes that should be skipped by this alignment
6366directive. If doing the alignment would require skipping more bytes than the
6367specified maximum, then the alignment is not done at all. You can omit the
6368fill value (the second argument) entirely by simply using two commas after the
6369required alignment; this can be useful if you want the alignment to be filled
6370with no-op instructions when appropriate.
6371
6372@cindex @code{p2alignw} directive
6373@cindex @code{p2alignl} directive
6374The @code{.p2alignw} and @code{.p2alignl} directives are variants of the
6375@code{.p2align} directive. The @code{.p2alignw} directive treats the fill
6376pattern as a two byte word value. The @code{.p2alignl} directives treats the
6377fill pattern as a four byte longword value. For example, @code{.p2alignw
63782,0x368d} will align to a multiple of 4. If it skips two bytes, they will be
6379filled in with the value 0x368d (the exact placement of the bytes depends upon
6380the endianness of the processor). If it skips 1 or 3 bytes, the fill value is
6381undefined.
6382
ccf8a69b
BW
6383@ifset ELF
6384@node PopSection
6385@section @code{.popsection}
6386
6387@cindex @code{popsection} directive
6388@cindex Section Stack
6389This is one of the ELF section stack manipulation directives. The others are
01642c12
RM
6390@code{.section} (@pxref{Section}), @code{.subsection} (@pxref{SubSection}),
6391@code{.pushsection} (@pxref{PushSection}), and @code{.previous}
ccf8a69b
BW
6392(@pxref{Previous}).
6393
6394This directive replaces the current section (and subsection) with the top
6395section (and subsection) on the section stack. This section is popped off the
01642c12 6396stack.
ccf8a69b
BW
6397@end ifset
6398
c91d2e08
NC
6399@ifset ELF
6400@node Previous
6401@section @code{.previous}
6402
c1253627 6403@cindex @code{previous} directive
c91d2e08
NC
6404@cindex Section Stack
6405This is one of the ELF section stack manipulation directives. The others are
a349d9dd
PB
6406@code{.section} (@pxref{Section}), @code{.subsection} (@pxref{SubSection}),
6407@code{.pushsection} (@pxref{PushSection}), and @code{.popsection}
6408(@pxref{PopSection}).
c91d2e08
NC
6409
6410This directive swaps the current section (and subsection) with most recently
8b040e0a 6411referenced section/subsection pair prior to this one. Multiple
c91d2e08 6412@code{.previous} directives in a row will flip between two sections (and their
8b040e0a
NC
6413subsections). For example:
6414
6415@smallexample
6416.section A
6417 .subsection 1
6418 .word 0x1234
6419 .subsection 2
6420 .word 0x5678
6421.previous
6422 .word 0x9abc
6423@end smallexample
6424
6425Will place 0x1234 and 0x9abc into subsection 1 and 0x5678 into subsection 2 of
6426section A. Whilst:
6427
6428@smallexample
6429.section A
6430.subsection 1
6431 # Now in section A subsection 1
6432 .word 0x1234
6433.section B
6434.subsection 0
6435 # Now in section B subsection 0
6436 .word 0x5678
6437.subsection 1
6438 # Now in section B subsection 1
6439 .word 0x9abc
6440.previous
6441 # Now in section B subsection 0
6442 .word 0xdef0
6443@end smallexample
6444
6445Will place 0x1234 into section A, 0x5678 and 0xdef0 into subsection 0 of
6446section B and 0x9abc into subsection 1 of section B.
c91d2e08
NC
6447
6448In terms of the section stack, this directive swaps the current section with
6449the top section on the section stack.
6450@end ifset
6451
252b5132
RH
6452@node Print
6453@section @code{.print @var{string}}
6454
6455@cindex @code{print} directive
a4fb0134 6456@command{@value{AS}} will print @var{string} on the standard output during
252b5132
RH
6457assembly. You must put @var{string} in double quotes.
6458
c91d2e08
NC
6459@ifset ELF
6460@node Protected
6461@section @code{.protected @var{names}}
6462
c1253627
NC
6463@cindex @code{protected} directive
6464@cindex visibility
ed9589d4 6465This is one of the ELF visibility directives. The other two are
a349d9dd 6466@code{.hidden} (@pxref{Hidden}) and @code{.internal} (@pxref{Internal}).
c91d2e08
NC
6467
6468This directive overrides the named symbols default visibility (which is set by
6469their binding: local, global or weak). The directive sets the visibility to
6470@code{protected} which means that any references to the symbols from within the
6471components that defines them must be resolved to the definition in that
6472component, even if a definition in another component would normally preempt
01642c12 6473this.
c91d2e08
NC
6474@end ifset
6475
252b5132
RH
6476@node Psize
6477@section @code{.psize @var{lines} , @var{columns}}
6478
6479@cindex @code{psize} directive
6480@cindex listing control: paper size
6481@cindex paper size, for listings
6482Use this directive to declare the number of lines---and, optionally, the
6483number of columns---to use for each page, when generating listings.
6484
6485If you do not use @code{.psize}, listings use a default line-count
6486of 60. You may omit the comma and @var{columns} specification; the
6487default width is 200 columns.
6488
a4fb0134 6489@command{@value{AS}} generates formfeeds whenever the specified number of
252b5132
RH
6490lines is exceeded (or whenever you explicitly request one, using
6491@code{.eject}).
6492
6493If you specify @var{lines} as @code{0}, no formfeeds are generated save
6494those explicitly specified with @code{.eject}.
6495
6496@node Purgem
6497@section @code{.purgem @var{name}}
6498
6499@cindex @code{purgem} directive
6500Undefine the macro @var{name}, so that later uses of the string will not be
6501expanded. @xref{Macro}.
6502
c91d2e08
NC
6503@ifset ELF
6504@node PushSection
9cfc3331 6505@section @code{.pushsection @var{name} [, @var{subsection}] [, "@var{flags}"[, @@@var{type}[,@var{arguments}]]]}
c91d2e08 6506
c1253627 6507@cindex @code{pushsection} directive
c91d2e08
NC
6508@cindex Section Stack
6509This is one of the ELF section stack manipulation directives. The others are
01642c12
RM
6510@code{.section} (@pxref{Section}), @code{.subsection} (@pxref{SubSection}),
6511@code{.popsection} (@pxref{PopSection}), and @code{.previous}
a349d9dd 6512(@pxref{Previous}).
c91d2e08 6513
e9863d7f
DJ
6514This directive pushes the current section (and subsection) onto the
6515top of the section stack, and then replaces the current section and
9cfc3331
L
6516subsection with @code{name} and @code{subsection}. The optional
6517@code{flags}, @code{type} and @code{arguments} are treated the same
6518as in the @code{.section} (@pxref{Section}) directive.
c91d2e08
NC
6519@end ifset
6520
252b5132
RH
6521@node Quad
6522@section @code{.quad @var{bignums}}
6523
6524@cindex @code{quad} directive
6525@code{.quad} expects zero or more bignums, separated by commas. For
6526each bignum, it emits
6527@ifclear bignum-16
6528an 8-byte integer. If the bignum won't fit in 8 bytes, it prints a
6529warning message; and just takes the lowest order 8 bytes of the bignum.
6530@cindex eight-byte integer
6531@cindex integer, 8-byte
6532
6533The term ``quad'' comes from contexts in which a ``word'' is two bytes;
6534hence @emph{quad}-word for 8 bytes.
6535@end ifclear
6536@ifset bignum-16
6537a 16-byte integer. If the bignum won't fit in 16 bytes, it prints a
6538warning message; and just takes the lowest order 16 bytes of the bignum.
6539@cindex sixteen-byte integer
6540@cindex integer, 16-byte
6541@end ifset
6542
05e9452c
AM
6543@node Reloc
6544@section @code{.reloc @var{offset}, @var{reloc_name}[, @var{expression}]}
6545
6546@cindex @code{reloc} directive
6547Generate a relocation at @var{offset} of type @var{reloc_name} with value
6548@var{expression}. If @var{offset} is a number, the relocation is generated in
6549the current section. If @var{offset} is an expression that resolves to a
6550symbol plus offset, the relocation is generated in the given symbol's section.
6551@var{expression}, if present, must resolve to a symbol plus addend or to an
6552absolute value, but note that not all targets support an addend. e.g. ELF REL
6553targets such as i386 store an addend in the section contents rather than in the
6554relocation. This low level interface does not support addends stored in the
6555section.
6556
252b5132
RH
6557@node Rept
6558@section @code{.rept @var{count}}
6559
6560@cindex @code{rept} directive
6561Repeat the sequence of lines between the @code{.rept} directive and the next
6562@code{.endr} directive @var{count} times.
6563
6564For example, assembling
6565
6566@example
6567 .rept 3
6568 .long 0
6569 .endr
6570@end example
6571
6572is equivalent to assembling
6573
6574@example
6575 .long 0
6576 .long 0
6577 .long 0
6578@end example
6579
808811a3
NC
6580A count of zero is allowed, but nothing is generated. Negative counts are not
6581allowed and if encountered will be treated as if they were zero.
6582
252b5132
RH
6583@node Sbttl
6584@section @code{.sbttl "@var{subheading}"}
6585
6586@cindex @code{sbttl} directive
6587@cindex subtitles for listings
6588@cindex listing control: subtitle
6589Use @var{subheading} as the title (third line, immediately after the
6590title line) when generating assembly listings.
6591
6592This directive affects subsequent pages, as well as the current page if
6593it appears within ten lines of the top of a page.
6594
6595@ifset COFF
6596@node Scl
6597@section @code{.scl @var{class}}
6598
6599@cindex @code{scl} directive
6600@cindex symbol storage class (COFF)
6601@cindex COFF symbol storage class
6602Set the storage-class value for a symbol. This directive may only be
6603used inside a @code{.def}/@code{.endef} pair. Storage class may flag
6604whether a symbol is static or external, or it may record further
6605symbolic debugging information.
252b5132
RH
6606@end ifset
6607
c1253627 6608@ifset COFF-ELF
252b5132 6609@node Section
c1253627 6610@section @code{.section @var{name}}
252b5132 6611
252b5132
RH
6612@cindex named section
6613Use the @code{.section} directive to assemble the following code into a section
6614named @var{name}.
6615
6616This directive is only supported for targets that actually support arbitrarily
6617named sections; on @code{a.out} targets, for example, it is not accepted, even
6618with a standard @code{a.out} section name.
6619
c1253627
NC
6620@ifset COFF
6621@ifset ELF
6622@c only print the extra heading if both COFF and ELF are set
6623@subheading COFF Version
6624@end ifset
6625
6626@cindex @code{section} directive (COFF version)
252b5132
RH
6627For COFF targets, the @code{.section} directive is used in one of the following
6628ways:
c91d2e08 6629
252b5132
RH
6630@smallexample
6631.section @var{name}[, "@var{flags}"]
4e188d17 6632.section @var{name}[, @var{subsection}]
252b5132
RH
6633@end smallexample
6634
6635If the optional argument is quoted, it is taken as flags to use for the
6636section. Each flag is a single character. The following flags are recognized:
eda683bb 6637
252b5132
RH
6638@table @code
6639@item b
6640bss section (uninitialized data)
6641@item n
6642section is not loaded
6643@item w
6644writable section
6645@item d
6646data section
70e0ee1a
KT
6647@item e
6648exclude section from linking
252b5132
RH
6649@item r
6650read-only section
6651@item x
6652executable section
2dcc60be
ILT
6653@item s
6654shared section (meaningful for PE targets)
6ff96af6
NC
6655@item a
6656ignored. (For compatibility with the ELF version)
63ad59ae
KT
6657@item y
6658section is not readable (meaningful for PE targets)
31907d5e
DK
6659@item 0-9
6660single-digit power-of-two section alignment (GNU extension)
252b5132
RH
6661@end table
6662
6663If no flags are specified, the default flags depend upon the section name. If
6664the section name is not recognized, the default will be for the section to be
7e84d676
NC
6665loaded and writable. Note the @code{n} and @code{w} flags remove attributes
6666from the section, rather than adding them, so if they are used on their own it
6667will be as if no flags had been specified at all.
252b5132
RH
6668
6669If the optional argument to the @code{.section} directive is not quoted, it is
4e188d17 6670taken as a subsection number (@pxref{Sub-Sections}).
c1253627 6671@end ifset
252b5132
RH
6672
6673@ifset ELF
c1253627
NC
6674@ifset COFF
6675@c only print the extra heading if both COFF and ELF are set
6676@subheading ELF Version
6677@end ifset
6678
c91d2e08
NC
6679@cindex Section Stack
6680This is one of the ELF section stack manipulation directives. The others are
01642c12 6681@code{.subsection} (@pxref{SubSection}), @code{.pushsection}
a349d9dd
PB
6682(@pxref{PushSection}), @code{.popsection} (@pxref{PopSection}), and
6683@code{.previous} (@pxref{Previous}).
c91d2e08 6684
c1253627 6685@cindex @code{section} directive (ELF version)
252b5132 6686For ELF targets, the @code{.section} directive is used like this:
c91d2e08 6687
252b5132 6688@smallexample
7047dd1e 6689.section @var{name} [, "@var{flags}"[, @@@var{type}[,@var{flag_specific_arguments}]]]
252b5132 6690@end smallexample
c91d2e08 6691
451133ce
NP
6692@anchor{Section Name Substitutions}
6693@kindex --sectname-subst
6694@cindex section name substitution
6695If the @samp{--sectname-subst} command-line option is provided, the @var{name}
6696argument may contain a substitution sequence. Only @code{%S} is supported
6697at the moment, and substitutes the current section name. For example:
6698
6699@smallexample
6700.macro exception_code
6701.section %S.exception
6702[exception code here]
6703.previous
6704.endm
6705
6706.text
6707[code]
6708exception_code
6709[...]
6710
6711.section .init
6712[init code]
6713exception_code
6714[...]
6715@end smallexample
6716
6717The two @code{exception_code} invocations above would create the
6718@code{.text.exception} and @code{.init.exception} sections respectively.
33eaf5de
NC
6719This is useful e.g. to discriminate between ancillary sections that are
6720tied to setup code to be discarded after use from ancillary sections that
451133ce
NP
6721need to stay resident without having to define multiple @code{exception_code}
6722macros just for that purpose.
6723
252b5132 6724The optional @var{flags} argument is a quoted string which may contain any
a349d9dd 6725combination of the following characters:
eda683bb 6726
252b5132
RH
6727@table @code
6728@item a
6729section is allocatable
a91e1603
L
6730@item d
6731section is a GNU_MBIND section
18ae9cc1
L
6732@item e
6733section is excluded from executable and shared library.
b7d07216
L
6734@item o
6735section references a symbol defined in another section (the linked-to
6736section) in the same file.
252b5132
RH
6737@item w
6738section is writable
6739@item x
6740section is executable
ec38dd05
JJ
6741@item M
6742section is mergeable
6743@item S
6744section contains zero terminated strings
22fe14ad
NC
6745@item G
6746section is a member of a section group
6747@item T
6748section is used for thread-local-storage
01642c12
RM
6749@item ?
6750section is a member of the previously-current section's group, if any
99fabbc9
JL
6751@item R
6752retained section (apply SHF_GNU_RETAIN to prevent linker garbage
6753collection, GNU ELF extension)
eda683bb 6754@item @code{<number>}
9fb71ee4
NC
6755a numeric value indicating the bits to be set in the ELF section header's flags
6756field. Note - if one or more of the alphabetic characters described above is
6757also included in the flags field, their bit values will be ORed into the
6758resulting value.
eda683bb
NC
6759@item @code{<target specific>}
6760some targets extend this list with their own flag characters
252b5132
RH
6761@end table
6762
9fb71ee4
NC
6763Note - once a section's flags have been set they cannot be changed. There are
6764a few exceptions to this rule however. Processor and application specific
6765flags can be added to an already defined section. The @code{.interp},
6766@code{.strtab} and @code{.symtab} sections can have the allocate flag
6767(@code{a}) set after they are initially defined, and the @code{.note-GNU-stack}
642f545a
NC
6768section may have the executable (@code{x}) flag added. Also note that the
6769@code{.attach_to_group} directive can be used to add a section to a group even
6770if the section was not originally declared to be part of that group.
9fb71ee4 6771
252b5132 6772The optional @var{type} argument may contain one of the following constants:
eda683bb 6773
252b5132
RH
6774@table @code
6775@item @@progbits
6776section contains data
6777@item @@nobits
6778section does not contain data (i.e., section only occupies space)
22fe14ad
NC
6779@item @@note
6780section contains data which is used by things other than the program
10b016c2
PB
6781@item @@init_array
6782section contains an array of pointers to init functions
6783@item @@fini_array
6784section contains an array of pointers to finish functions
6785@item @@preinit_array
6786section contains an array of pointers to pre-init functions
eda683bb 6787@item @@@code{<number>}
9fb71ee4 6788a numeric value to be set as the ELF section header's type field.
eda683bb 6789@item @@@code{<target specific>}
9fb71ee4 6790some targets extend this list with their own types
252b5132
RH
6791@end table
6792
9fb71ee4
NC
6793Many targets only support the first three section types. The type may be
6794enclosed in double quotes if necessary.
10b016c2 6795
ececec60
NC
6796Note on targets where the @code{@@} character is the start of a comment (eg
6797ARM) then another character is used instead. For example the ARM port uses the
6798@code{%} character.
6799
9fb71ee4
NC
6800Note - some sections, eg @code{.text} and @code{.data} are considered to be
6801special and have fixed types. Any attempt to declare them with a different
6802type will generate an error from the assembler.
6803
22fe14ad 6804If @var{flags} contains the @code{M} symbol then the @var{type} argument must
96e9638b 6805be specified as well as an extra argument---@var{entsize}---like this:
22fe14ad
NC
6806
6807@smallexample
6808.section @var{name} , "@var{flags}"M, @@@var{type}, @var{entsize}
6809@end smallexample
6810
6811Sections with the @code{M} flag but not @code{S} flag must contain fixed size
6812constants, each @var{entsize} octets long. Sections with both @code{M} and
6813@code{S} must contain zero terminated strings where each character is
6814@var{entsize} bytes long. The linker may remove duplicates within sections with
6815the same name, same entity size and same flags. @var{entsize} must be an
90dce00a
AM
6816absolute expression. For sections with both @code{M} and @code{S}, a string
6817which is a suffix of a larger string is considered a duplicate. Thus
6818@code{"def"} will be merged with @code{"abcdef"}; A reference to the first
6819@code{"def"} will be changed to a reference to @code{"abcdef"+3}.
22fe14ad 6820
b7d07216
L
6821If @var{flags} contains the @code{o} flag, then the @var{type} argument
6822must be present along with an additional field like this:
6823
6824@smallexample
b71702f1 6825.section @var{name},"@var{flags}"o,@@@var{type},@var{SymbolName}|@var{SectionIndex}
b7d07216
L
6826@end smallexample
6827
6828The @var{SymbolName} field specifies the symbol name which the section
b71702f1
NC
6829references. Alternatively a numeric @var{SectionIndex} can be provided. This
6830is not generally a good idea as section indicies are rarely known at assembly
6831time, but the facility is provided for testing purposes. An index of zero is
6832allowed. It indicates that the linked-to section has already been discarded.
b7d07216
L
6833
6834Note: If both the @var{M} and @var{o} flags are present, then the fields
6835for the Merge flag should come first, like this:
6836
6837@smallexample
6838.section @var{name},"@var{flags}"Mo,@@@var{type},@var{entsize},@var{SymbolName}
6839@end smallexample
6840
22fe14ad
NC
6841If @var{flags} contains the @code{G} symbol then the @var{type} argument must
6842be present along with an additional field like this:
6843
6844@smallexample
6845.section @var{name} , "@var{flags}"G, @@@var{type}, @var{GroupName}[, @var{linkage}]
6846@end smallexample
6847
6848The @var{GroupName} field specifies the name of the section group to which this
6849particular section belongs. The optional linkage field can contain:
eda683bb 6850
22fe14ad
NC
6851@table @code
6852@item comdat
6853indicates that only one copy of this section should be retained
6854@item .gnu.linkonce
6855an alias for comdat
6856@end table
6857
96e9638b 6858Note: if both the @var{M} and @var{G} flags are present then the fields for
22fe14ad
NC
6859the Merge flag should come first, like this:
6860
6861@smallexample
6862.section @var{name} , "@var{flags}"MG, @@@var{type}, @var{entsize}, @var{GroupName}[, @var{linkage}]
6863@end smallexample
ec38dd05 6864
b7d07216
L
6865If both @code{o} flag and @code{G} flag are present, then the
6866@var{SymbolName} field for @code{o} comes first, like this:
6867
6868@smallexample
6869.section @var{name},"@var{flags}"oG,@@@var{type},@var{SymbolName},@var{GroupName}[,@var{linkage}]
6870@end smallexample
6871
01642c12
RM
6872If @var{flags} contains the @code{?} symbol then it may not also contain the
6873@code{G} symbol and the @var{GroupName} or @var{linkage} fields should not be
6874present. Instead, @code{?} says to consider the section that's current before
6875this directive. If that section used @code{G}, then the new section will use
6876@code{G} with those same @var{GroupName} and @var{linkage} fields implicitly.
6877If not, then the @code{?} symbol has no effect.
6878
a8c4d40b
L
6879The optional @var{unique,@code{<number>}} argument must come last. It
6880assigns @var{@code{<number>}} as a unique section ID to distinguish
6881different sections with the same section name like these:
6882
6883@smallexample
6884.section @var{name},"@var{flags}",@@@var{type},@var{unique,@code{<number>}}
6885.section @var{name},"@var{flags}"G,@@@var{type},@var{GroupName},[@var{linkage}],@var{unique,@code{<number>}}
6886.section @var{name},"@var{flags}"MG,@@@var{type},@var{entsize},@var{GroupName}[,@var{linkage}],@var{unique,@code{<number>}}
6887@end smallexample
6888
6889The valid values of @var{@code{<number>}} are between 0 and 4294967295.
6890
252b5132
RH
6891If no flags are specified, the default flags depend upon the section name. If
6892the section name is not recognized, the default will be for the section to have
6893none of the above flags: it will not be allocated in memory, nor writable, nor
6894executable. The section will contain data.
6895
6896For ELF targets, the assembler supports another type of @code{.section}
6897directive for compatibility with the Solaris assembler:
c91d2e08 6898
252b5132
RH
6899@smallexample
6900.section "@var{name}"[, @var{flags}...]
6901@end smallexample
c91d2e08 6902
252b5132
RH
6903Note that the section name is quoted. There may be a sequence of comma
6904separated flags:
eda683bb 6905
252b5132
RH
6906@table @code
6907@item #alloc
6908section is allocatable
6909@item #write
6910section is writable
6911@item #execinstr
6912section is executable
18ae9cc1
L
6913@item #exclude
6914section is excluded from executable and shared library.
22fe14ad
NC
6915@item #tls
6916section is used for thread local storage
252b5132 6917@end table
c91d2e08 6918
e9863d7f
DJ
6919This directive replaces the current section and subsection. See the
6920contents of the gas testsuite directory @code{gas/testsuite/gas/elf} for
6921some examples of how this directive and the other section stack directives
6922work.
c1253627
NC
6923@end ifset
6924@end ifset
252b5132
RH
6925
6926@node Set
6927@section @code{.set @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
6928
6929@cindex @code{set} directive
6930@cindex symbol value, setting
6931Set the value of @var{symbol} to @var{expression}. This
6932changes @var{symbol}'s value and type to conform to
6933@var{expression}. If @var{symbol} was flagged as external, it remains
6934flagged (@pxref{Symbol Attributes}).
6935
5d239759
NC
6936You may @code{.set} a symbol many times in the same assembly provided that the
6937values given to the symbol are constants. Values that are based on expressions
6938involving other symbols are allowed, but some targets may restrict this to only
6939being done once per assembly. This is because those targets do not set the
6940addresses of symbols at assembly time, but rather delay the assignment until a
6941final link is performed. This allows the linker a chance to change the code in
6942the files, changing the location of, and the relative distance between, various
6943different symbols.
252b5132
RH
6944
6945If you @code{.set} a global symbol, the value stored in the object
6946file is the last value stored into it.
6947
3c9b82ba 6948@ifset Z80
6655dba2 6949On Z80 @code{set} is a real instruction, use @code{.set} or
3c9b82ba
NC
6950@samp{@var{symbol} defl @var{expression}} instead.
6951@end ifset
6952
252b5132
RH
6953@node Short
6954@section @code{.short @var{expressions}}
6955
6956@cindex @code{short} directive
6957@ifset GENERIC
6958@code{.short} is normally the same as @samp{.word}.
6959@xref{Word,,@code{.word}}.
6960
6961In some configurations, however, @code{.short} and @code{.word} generate
96e9638b 6962numbers of different lengths. @xref{Machine Dependencies}.
252b5132
RH
6963@end ifset
6964@ifclear GENERIC
6965@ifset W16
6966@code{.short} is the same as @samp{.word}. @xref{Word,,@code{.word}}.
6967@end ifset
6968@ifset W32
6969This expects zero or more @var{expressions}, and emits
6970a 16 bit number for each.
6971@end ifset
6972@end ifclear
6973
6974@node Single
6975@section @code{.single @var{flonums}}
6976
6977@cindex @code{single} directive
6978@cindex floating point numbers (single)
6979This directive assembles zero or more flonums, separated by commas. It
6980has the same effect as @code{.float}.
6981@ifset GENERIC
6982The exact kind of floating point numbers emitted depends on how
a4fb0134 6983@command{@value{AS}} is configured. @xref{Machine Dependencies}.
252b5132
RH
6984@end ifset
6985@ifclear GENERIC
6986@ifset IEEEFLOAT
6987On the @value{TARGET} family, @code{.single} emits 32-bit floating point
6988numbers in @sc{ieee} format.
6989@end ifset
6990@end ifclear
6991
c1253627 6992@ifset COFF-ELF
252b5132 6993@node Size
c1253627 6994@section @code{.size}
c91d2e08 6995
c1253627
NC
6996This directive is used to set the size associated with a symbol.
6997
6998@ifset COFF
6999@ifset ELF
7000@c only print the extra heading if both COFF and ELF are set
7001@subheading COFF Version
7002@end ifset
7003
7004@cindex @code{size} directive (COFF version)
7005For COFF targets, the @code{.size} directive is only permitted inside
7006@code{.def}/@code{.endef} pairs. It is used like this:
7007
7008@smallexample
7009.size @var{expression}
7010@end smallexample
252b5132 7011
c1253627 7012@end ifset
c91d2e08 7013
c1253627
NC
7014@ifset ELF
7015@ifset COFF
7016@c only print the extra heading if both COFF and ELF are set
7017@subheading ELF Version
7018@end ifset
7019
7020@cindex @code{size} directive (ELF version)
7021For ELF targets, the @code{.size} directive is used like this:
c91d2e08 7022
c1253627
NC
7023@smallexample
7024.size @var{name} , @var{expression}
7025@end smallexample
7026
7027This directive sets the size associated with a symbol @var{name}.
c91d2e08
NC
7028The size in bytes is computed from @var{expression} which can make use of label
7029arithmetic. This directive is typically used to set the size of function
7030symbols.
c1253627
NC
7031@end ifset
7032@end ifset
252b5132 7033
252b5132
RH
7034@ifclear no-space-dir
7035@node Skip
340d33e5 7036@section @code{.skip @var{size} [,@var{fill}]}
252b5132
RH
7037
7038@cindex @code{skip} directive
7039@cindex filling memory
7040This directive emits @var{size} bytes, each of value @var{fill}. Both
7041@var{size} and @var{fill} are absolute expressions. If the comma and
7042@var{fill} are omitted, @var{fill} is assumed to be zero. This is the same as
7043@samp{.space}.
884f0d36 7044@end ifclear
252b5132 7045
ccf8a69b
BW
7046@node Sleb128
7047@section @code{.sleb128 @var{expressions}}
7048
7049@cindex @code{sleb128} directive
01642c12 7050@var{sleb128} stands for ``signed little endian base 128.'' This is a
ccf8a69b
BW
7051compact, variable length representation of numbers used by the DWARF
7052symbolic debugging format. @xref{Uleb128, ,@code{.uleb128}}.
7053
884f0d36 7054@ifclear no-space-dir
252b5132 7055@node Space
340d33e5 7056@section @code{.space @var{size} [,@var{fill}]}
252b5132
RH
7057
7058@cindex @code{space} directive
7059@cindex filling memory
7060This directive emits @var{size} bytes, each of value @var{fill}. Both
7061@var{size} and @var{fill} are absolute expressions. If the comma
7062and @var{fill} are omitted, @var{fill} is assumed to be zero. This is the same
7063as @samp{.skip}.
7064
7065@ifset HPPA
7066@quotation
7067@emph{Warning:} @code{.space} has a completely different meaning for HPPA
7068targets; use @code{.block} as a substitute. See @cite{HP9000 Series 800
7069Assembly Language Reference Manual} (HP 92432-90001) for the meaning of the
7070@code{.space} directive. @xref{HPPA Directives,,HPPA Assembler Directives},
7071for a summary.
7072@end quotation
7073@end ifset
7074@end ifclear
7075
252b5132
RH
7076@ifset have-stabs
7077@node Stab
7078@section @code{.stabd, .stabn, .stabs}
7079
7080@cindex symbolic debuggers, information for
7081@cindex @code{stab@var{x}} directives
7082There are three directives that begin @samp{.stab}.
7083All emit symbols (@pxref{Symbols}), for use by symbolic debuggers.
a4fb0134 7084The symbols are not entered in the @command{@value{AS}} hash table: they
252b5132
RH
7085cannot be referenced elsewhere in the source file.
7086Up to five fields are required:
7087
7088@table @var
7089@item string
7090This is the symbol's name. It may contain any character except
7091@samp{\000}, so is more general than ordinary symbol names. Some
7092debuggers used to code arbitrarily complex structures into symbol names
7093using this field.
7094
7095@item type
7096An absolute expression. The symbol's type is set to the low 8 bits of
7097this expression. Any bit pattern is permitted, but @code{@value{LD}}
7098and debuggers choke on silly bit patterns.
7099
7100@item other
7101An absolute expression. The symbol's ``other'' attribute is set to the
7102low 8 bits of this expression.
7103
7104@item desc
7105An absolute expression. The symbol's descriptor is set to the low 16
7106bits of this expression.
7107
7108@item value
7109An absolute expression which becomes the symbol's value.
7110@end table
7111
7112If a warning is detected while reading a @code{.stabd}, @code{.stabn},
7113or @code{.stabs} statement, the symbol has probably already been created;
7114you get a half-formed symbol in your object file. This is
7115compatible with earlier assemblers!
7116
7117@table @code
7118@cindex @code{stabd} directive
7119@item .stabd @var{type} , @var{other} , @var{desc}
7120
7121The ``name'' of the symbol generated is not even an empty string.
7122It is a null pointer, for compatibility. Older assemblers used a
7123null pointer so they didn't waste space in object files with empty
7124strings.
7125
7126The symbol's value is set to the location counter,
7127relocatably. When your program is linked, the value of this symbol
7128is the address of the location counter when the @code{.stabd} was
7129assembled.
7130
7131@cindex @code{stabn} directive
7132@item .stabn @var{type} , @var{other} , @var{desc} , @var{value}
7133The name of the symbol is set to the empty string @code{""}.
7134
7135@cindex @code{stabs} directive
7136@item .stabs @var{string} , @var{type} , @var{other} , @var{desc} , @var{value}
7137All five fields are specified.
7138@end table
7139@end ifset
7140@c end have-stabs
7141
7142@node String
38a57ae7 7143@section @code{.string} "@var{str}", @code{.string8} "@var{str}", @code{.string16}
01642c12 7144"@var{str}", @code{.string32} "@var{str}", @code{.string64} "@var{str}"
252b5132
RH
7145
7146@cindex string, copying to object file
38a57ae7
NC
7147@cindex string8, copying to object file
7148@cindex string16, copying to object file
7149@cindex string32, copying to object file
7150@cindex string64, copying to object file
252b5132 7151@cindex @code{string} directive
38a57ae7
NC
7152@cindex @code{string8} directive
7153@cindex @code{string16} directive
7154@cindex @code{string32} directive
7155@cindex @code{string64} directive
252b5132
RH
7156
7157Copy the characters in @var{str} to the object file. You may specify more than
7158one string to copy, separated by commas. Unless otherwise specified for a
7159particular machine, the assembler marks the end of each string with a 0 byte.
7160You can use any of the escape sequences described in @ref{Strings,,Strings}.
7161
01642c12 7162The variants @code{string16}, @code{string32} and @code{string64} differ from
38a57ae7
NC
7163the @code{string} pseudo opcode in that each 8-bit character from @var{str} is
7164copied and expanded to 16, 32 or 64 bits respectively. The expanded characters
7165are stored in target endianness byte order.
7166
7167Example:
7168@smallexample
7169 .string32 "BYE"
7170expands to:
7171 .string "B\0\0\0Y\0\0\0E\0\0\0" /* On little endian targets. */
7172 .string "\0\0\0B\0\0\0Y\0\0\0E" /* On big endian targets. */
7173@end smallexample
7174
7175
252b5132
RH
7176@node Struct
7177@section @code{.struct @var{expression}}
7178
7179@cindex @code{struct} directive
7180Switch to the absolute section, and set the section offset to @var{expression},
7181which must be an absolute expression. You might use this as follows:
7182@smallexample
7183 .struct 0
7184field1:
7185 .struct field1 + 4
7186field2:
7187 .struct field2 + 4
7188field3:
7189@end smallexample
7190This would define the symbol @code{field1} to have the value 0, the symbol
7191@code{field2} to have the value 4, and the symbol @code{field3} to have the
7192value 8. Assembly would be left in the absolute section, and you would need to
7193use a @code{.section} directive of some sort to change to some other section
7194before further assembly.
7195
c91d2e08
NC
7196@ifset ELF
7197@node SubSection
7198@section @code{.subsection @var{name}}
7199
c1253627 7200@cindex @code{subsection} directive
c91d2e08
NC
7201@cindex Section Stack
7202This is one of the ELF section stack manipulation directives. The others are
01642c12
RM
7203@code{.section} (@pxref{Section}), @code{.pushsection} (@pxref{PushSection}),
7204@code{.popsection} (@pxref{PopSection}), and @code{.previous}
a349d9dd 7205(@pxref{Previous}).
c91d2e08
NC
7206
7207This directive replaces the current subsection with @code{name}. The current
7208section is not changed. The replaced subsection is put onto the section stack
7209in place of the then current top of stack subsection.
c91d2e08
NC
7210@end ifset
7211
252b5132
RH
7212@ifset ELF
7213@node Symver
7214@section @code{.symver}
7215@cindex @code{symver} directive
7216@cindex symbol versioning
7217@cindex versions of symbols
7218Use the @code{.symver} directive to bind symbols to specific version nodes
7219within a source file. This is only supported on ELF platforms, and is
7220typically used when assembling files to be linked into a shared library.
7221There are cases where it may make sense to use this in objects to be bound
7222into an application itself so as to override a versioned symbol from a
7223shared library.
7224
79082ff0 7225For ELF targets, the @code{.symver} directive can be used like this:
252b5132 7226@smallexample
6914be53 7227.symver @var{name}, @var{name2@@nodename}[ ,@var{visibility}]
252b5132 7228@end smallexample
6914be53 7229If the original symbol @var{name} is defined within the file
79082ff0 7230being assembled, the @code{.symver} directive effectively creates a symbol
252b5132
RH
7231alias with the name @var{name2@@nodename}, and in fact the main reason that we
7232just don't try and create a regular alias is that the @var{@@} character isn't
7233permitted in symbol names. The @var{name2} part of the name is the actual name
7234of the symbol by which it will be externally referenced. The name @var{name}
7235itself is merely a name of convenience that is used so that it is possible to
7236have definitions for multiple versions of a function within a single source
7237file, and so that the compiler can unambiguously know which version of a
7238function is being mentioned. The @var{nodename} portion of the alias should be
7239the name of a node specified in the version script supplied to the linker when
7240building a shared library. If you are attempting to override a versioned
7241symbol from a shared library, then @var{nodename} should correspond to the
6914be53
L
7242nodename of the symbol you are trying to override. The optional argument
7243@var{visibility} updates the visibility of the original symbol. The valid
31c89d60 7244visibilities are @code{local}, @code{hidden}, and @code{remove}. The
6914be53
L
7245@code{local} visibility makes the original symbol a local symbol
7246(@pxref{Local}). The @code{hidden} visibility sets the visibility of the
7247original symbol to @code{hidden} (@pxref{Hidden}). The @code{remove}
31c89d60
AM
7248visibility removes the original symbol from the symbol table. If visibility
7249isn't specified, the original symbol is unchanged.
339681c0
L
7250
7251If the symbol @var{name} is not defined within the file being assembled, all
7252references to @var{name} will be changed to @var{name2@@nodename}. If no
7253reference to @var{name} is made, @var{name2@@nodename} will be removed from the
7254symbol table.
79082ff0
L
7255
7256Another usage of the @code{.symver} directive is:
7257@smallexample
7258.symver @var{name}, @var{name2@@@@nodename}
7259@end smallexample
7260In this case, the symbol @var{name} must exist and be defined within
a349d9dd 7261the file being assembled. It is similar to @var{name2@@nodename}. The
79082ff0
L
7262difference is @var{name2@@@@nodename} will also be used to resolve
7263references to @var{name2} by the linker.
7264
7265The third usage of the @code{.symver} directive is:
7266@smallexample
7267.symver @var{name}, @var{name2@@@@@@nodename}
7268@end smallexample
7269When @var{name} is not defined within the
7270file being assembled, it is treated as @var{name2@@nodename}. When
7271@var{name} is defined within the file being assembled, the symbol
7272name, @var{name}, will be changed to @var{name2@@@@nodename}.
252b5132
RH
7273@end ifset
7274
7275@ifset COFF
7276@node Tag
7277@section @code{.tag @var{structname}}
7278
7279@cindex COFF structure debugging
7280@cindex structure debugging, COFF
7281@cindex @code{tag} directive
7282This directive is generated by compilers to include auxiliary debugging
7283information in the symbol table. It is only permitted inside
7284@code{.def}/@code{.endef} pairs. Tags are used to link structure
7285definitions in the symbol table with instances of those structures.
252b5132
RH
7286@end ifset
7287
7288@node Text
7289@section @code{.text @var{subsection}}
7290
7291@cindex @code{text} directive
a4fb0134 7292Tells @command{@value{AS}} to assemble the following statements onto the end of
252b5132
RH
7293the text subsection numbered @var{subsection}, which is an absolute
7294expression. If @var{subsection} is omitted, subsection number zero
7295is used.
7296
7297@node Title
7298@section @code{.title "@var{heading}"}
7299
7300@cindex @code{title} directive
7301@cindex listing control: title line
7302Use @var{heading} as the title (second line, immediately after the
7303source file name and pagenumber) when generating assembly listings.
7304
7305This directive affects subsequent pages, as well as the current page if
7306it appears within ten lines of the top of a page.
7307
4c8584be
L
7308@ifset ELF
7309@node Tls_common
7310@section @code{.tls_common @var{symbol}, @var{length}[, @var{alignment}]}
7311
7312@cindex @code{tls_common} directive
7313This directive behaves in the same way as the @code{.comm} directive
7314(@pxref{Comm}) except that @var{symbol} has type of STT_TLS instead of
7315STT_OBJECT.
7316@end ifset
7317
c1253627 7318@ifset COFF-ELF
252b5132 7319@node Type
c1253627
NC
7320@section @code{.type}
7321
7322This directive is used to set the type of a symbol.
7323
7324@ifset COFF
7325@ifset ELF
7326@c only print the extra heading if both COFF and ELF are set
7327@subheading COFF Version
7328@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7329
7330@cindex COFF symbol type
7331@cindex symbol type, COFF
c1253627
NC
7332@cindex @code{type} directive (COFF version)
7333For COFF targets, this directive is permitted only within
7334@code{.def}/@code{.endef} pairs. It is used like this:
7335
7336@smallexample
7337.type @var{int}
7338@end smallexample
7339
7340This records the integer @var{int} as the type attribute of a symbol table
7341entry.
252b5132 7342
c1253627 7343@end ifset
c91d2e08 7344
c1253627
NC
7345@ifset ELF
7346@ifset COFF
7347@c only print the extra heading if both COFF and ELF are set
7348@subheading ELF Version
7349@end ifset
c91d2e08
NC
7350
7351@cindex ELF symbol type
7352@cindex symbol type, ELF
c1253627
NC
7353@cindex @code{type} directive (ELF version)
7354For ELF targets, the @code{.type} directive is used like this:
7355
7356@smallexample
7357.type @var{name} , @var{type description}
7358@end smallexample
7359
7360This sets the type of symbol @var{name} to be either a
a349d9dd 7361function symbol or an object symbol. There are five different syntaxes
c91d2e08 7362supported for the @var{type description} field, in order to provide
28c9d252 7363compatibility with various other assemblers.
58ab4f3d
MM
7364
7365Because some of the characters used in these syntaxes (such as @samp{@@} and
7366@samp{#}) are comment characters for some architectures, some of the syntaxes
7367below do not work on all architectures. The first variant will be accepted by
7368the GNU assembler on all architectures so that variant should be used for
7369maximum portability, if you do not need to assemble your code with other
7370assemblers.
7371
7372The syntaxes supported are:
c91d2e08
NC
7373
7374@smallexample
5671778d
NC
7375 .type <name> STT_<TYPE_IN_UPPER_CASE>
7376 .type <name>,#<type>
7377 .type <name>,@@<type>
e7c33416 7378 .type <name>,%<type>
5671778d
NC
7379 .type <name>,"<type>"
7380@end smallexample
7381
7382The types supported are:
58ab4f3d 7383
5671778d
NC
7384@table @gcctabopt
7385@item STT_FUNC
7386@itemx function
7387Mark the symbol as being a function name.
c91d2e08 7388
d8045f23
NC
7389@item STT_GNU_IFUNC
7390@itemx gnu_indirect_function
7391Mark the symbol as an indirect function when evaluated during reloc
9c55345c 7392processing. (This is only supported on assemblers targeting GNU systems).
d8045f23 7393
5671778d
NC
7394@item STT_OBJECT
7395@itemx object
7396Mark the symbol as being a data object.
7397
7398@item STT_TLS
7399@itemx tls_object
33eaf5de 7400Mark the symbol as being a thread-local data object.
5671778d
NC
7401
7402@item STT_COMMON
7403@itemx common
7404Mark the symbol as being a common data object.
e7c33416
NC
7405
7406@item STT_NOTYPE
7407@itemx notype
7408Does not mark the symbol in any way. It is supported just for completeness.
7409
3e7a7d11
NC
7410@item gnu_unique_object
7411Marks the symbol as being a globally unique data object. The dynamic linker
7412will make sure that in the entire process there is just one symbol with this
9c55345c
TS
7413name and type in use. (This is only supported on assemblers targeting GNU
7414systems).
3e7a7d11 7415
5671778d
NC
7416@end table
7417
f2d4ba38
JB
7418Changing between incompatible types other than from/to STT_NOTYPE will
7419result in a diagnostic. An intermediate change to STT_NOTYPE will silence
7420this.
7421
5671778d 7422Note: Some targets support extra types in addition to those listed above.
c91d2e08 7423
c1253627
NC
7424@end ifset
7425@end ifset
c91d2e08
NC
7426
7427@node Uleb128
7428@section @code{.uleb128 @var{expressions}}
7429
7430@cindex @code{uleb128} directive
01642c12 7431@var{uleb128} stands for ``unsigned little endian base 128.'' This is a
c91d2e08 7432compact, variable length representation of numbers used by the DWARF
96e9638b 7433symbolic debugging format. @xref{Sleb128, ,@code{.sleb128}}.
252b5132
RH
7434
7435@ifset COFF
7436@node Val
7437@section @code{.val @var{addr}}
7438
7439@cindex @code{val} directive
7440@cindex COFF value attribute
7441@cindex value attribute, COFF
7442This directive, permitted only within @code{.def}/@code{.endef} pairs,
7443records the address @var{addr} as the value attribute of a symbol table
7444entry.
252b5132
RH
7445@end ifset
7446
2e13b764 7447@ifset ELF
c91d2e08
NC
7448@node Version
7449@section @code{.version "@var{string}"}
2e13b764 7450
c1253627 7451@cindex @code{version} directive
c91d2e08
NC
7452This directive creates a @code{.note} section and places into it an ELF
7453formatted note of type NT_VERSION. The note's name is set to @code{string}.
9a297610 7454@end ifset
2e13b764 7455
c91d2e08
NC
7456@ifset ELF
7457@node VTableEntry
7458@section @code{.vtable_entry @var{table}, @var{offset}}
2e13b764 7459
653cfe85 7460@cindex @code{vtable_entry} directive
c91d2e08
NC
7461This directive finds or creates a symbol @code{table} and creates a
7462@code{VTABLE_ENTRY} relocation for it with an addend of @code{offset}.
2e13b764 7463
c91d2e08
NC
7464@node VTableInherit
7465@section @code{.vtable_inherit @var{child}, @var{parent}}
2e13b764 7466
653cfe85 7467@cindex @code{vtable_inherit} directive
c91d2e08
NC
7468This directive finds the symbol @code{child} and finds or creates the symbol
7469@code{parent} and then creates a @code{VTABLE_INHERIT} relocation for the
a349d9dd 7470parent whose addend is the value of the child symbol. As a special case the
96e9638b 7471parent name of @code{0} is treated as referring to the @code{*ABS*} section.
c91d2e08 7472@end ifset
2e13b764 7473
d190d046
HPN
7474@node Warning
7475@section @code{.warning "@var{string}"}
7476@cindex warning directive
7477Similar to the directive @code{.error}
7478(@pxref{Error,,@code{.error "@var{string}"}}), but just emits a warning.
7479
c91d2e08
NC
7480@node Weak
7481@section @code{.weak @var{names}}
2e13b764 7482
c1253627 7483@cindex @code{weak} directive
a349d9dd 7484This directive sets the weak attribute on the comma separated list of symbol
c91d2e08 7485@code{names}. If the symbols do not already exist, they will be created.
c87db184 7486
01642c12 7487On COFF targets other than PE, weak symbols are a GNU extension. This
977cdf5a 7488directive sets the weak attribute on the comma separated list of symbol
c87db184
CF
7489@code{names}. If the symbols do not already exist, they will be created.
7490
977cdf5a 7491On the PE target, weak symbols are supported natively as weak aliases.
01642c12 7492When a weak symbol is created that is not an alias, GAS creates an
977cdf5a 7493alternate symbol to hold the default value.
2e13b764 7494
06e77878
AO
7495@node Weakref
7496@section @code{.weakref @var{alias}, @var{target}}
7497
7498@cindex @code{weakref} directive
7499This directive creates an alias to the target symbol that enables the symbol to
7500be referenced with weak-symbol semantics, but without actually making it weak.
7501If direct references or definitions of the symbol are present, then the symbol
7502will not be weak, but if all references to it are through weak references, the
7503symbol will be marked as weak in the symbol table.
7504
7505The effect is equivalent to moving all references to the alias to a separate
7506assembly source file, renaming the alias to the symbol in it, declaring the
7507symbol as weak there, and running a reloadable link to merge the object files
7508resulting from the assembly of the new source file and the old source file that
7509had the references to the alias removed.
7510
7511The alias itself never makes to the symbol table, and is entirely handled
7512within the assembler.
7513
252b5132
RH
7514@node Word
7515@section @code{.word @var{expressions}}
7516
7517@cindex @code{word} directive
7518This directive expects zero or more @var{expressions}, of any section,
7519separated by commas.
7520@ifclear GENERIC
7521@ifset W32
a4fb0134 7522For each expression, @command{@value{AS}} emits a 32-bit number.
252b5132
RH
7523@end ifset
7524@ifset W16
a4fb0134 7525For each expression, @command{@value{AS}} emits a 16-bit number.
252b5132
RH
7526@end ifset
7527@end ifclear
7528@ifset GENERIC
7529
7530The size of the number emitted, and its byte order,
7531depend on what target computer the assembly is for.
7532@end ifset
7533
a8eb42a8 7534@c on sparc the "special treatment to support compilers" doesn't
252b5132
RH
7535@c happen---32-bit addressability, period; no long/short jumps.
7536@ifset DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
7537@cindex difference tables altered
7538@cindex altered difference tables
7539@quotation
7540@emph{Warning: Special Treatment to support Compilers}
7541@end quotation
7542
7543@ifset GENERIC
7544Machines with a 32-bit address space, but that do less than 32-bit
7545addressing, require the following special treatment. If the machine of
7546interest to you does 32-bit addressing (or doesn't require it;
7547@pxref{Machine Dependencies}), you can ignore this issue.
7548
7549@end ifset
7550In order to assemble compiler output into something that works,
a4fb0134 7551@command{@value{AS}} occasionally does strange things to @samp{.word} directives.
252b5132 7552Directives of the form @samp{.word sym1-sym2} are often emitted by
a4fb0134 7553compilers as part of jump tables. Therefore, when @command{@value{AS}} assembles a
252b5132 7554directive of the form @samp{.word sym1-sym2}, and the difference between
a4fb0134 7555@code{sym1} and @code{sym2} does not fit in 16 bits, @command{@value{AS}}
252b5132
RH
7556creates a @dfn{secondary jump table}, immediately before the next label.
7557This secondary jump table is preceded by a short-jump to the
7558first byte after the secondary table. This short-jump prevents the flow
7559of control from accidentally falling into the new table. Inside the
7560table is a long-jump to @code{sym2}. The original @samp{.word}
7561contains @code{sym1} minus the address of the long-jump to
7562@code{sym2}.
7563
7564If there were several occurrences of @samp{.word sym1-sym2} before the
7565secondary jump table, all of them are adjusted. If there was a
7566@samp{.word sym3-sym4}, that also did not fit in sixteen bits, a
7567long-jump to @code{sym4} is included in the secondary jump table,
7568and the @code{.word} directives are adjusted to contain @code{sym3}
7569minus the address of the long-jump to @code{sym4}; and so on, for as many
7570entries in the original jump table as necessary.
7571
7572@ifset INTERNALS
a4fb0134 7573@emph{This feature may be disabled by compiling @command{@value{AS}} with the
252b5132
RH
7574@samp{-DWORKING_DOT_WORD} option.} This feature is likely to confuse
7575assembly language programmers.
7576@end ifset
7577@end ifset
7578@c end DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
7579
7ce98c16
NC
7580@ifclear no-space-dir
7581@node Zero
7582@section @code{.zero @var{size}}
7583
7584@cindex @code{zero} directive
7585@cindex filling memory with zero bytes
7586This directive emits @var{size} 0-valued bytes. @var{size} must be an absolute
7587expression. This directive is actually an alias for the @samp{.skip} directive
900e33b9 7588so it can take an optional second argument of the value to store in the bytes
7ce98c16
NC
7589instead of zero. Using @samp{.zero} in this way would be confusing however.
7590@end ifclear
7591
2b841ec2 7592@node 2byte
ea86f534 7593@section @code{.2byte @var{expression} [, @var{expression}]*}
2b841ec2
AM
7594@cindex @code{2byte} directive
7595@cindex two-byte integer
7596@cindex integer, 2-byte
2b841ec2 7597
e406e428
NC
7598This directive expects zero or more expressions, separated by commas. If there
7599are no expressions then the directive does nothing. Otherwise each expression
7600is evaluated in turn and placed in the next two bytes of the current output
7601section, using the endian model of the target. If an expression will not fit
7602in two bytes, a warning message is displayed and the least significant two
7603bytes of the expression's value are used. If an expression cannot be evaluated
7604at assembly time then relocations will be generated in order to compute the
7605value at link time.
7606
7607This directive does not apply any alignment before or after inserting the
7608values. As a result of this, if relocations are generated, they may be
7609different from those used for inserting values with a guaranteed alignment.
7610
2b841ec2 7611@node 4byte
ea86f534 7612@section @code{.4byte @var{expression} [, @var{expression}]*}
2b841ec2
AM
7613@cindex @code{4byte} directive
7614@cindex four-byte integer
7615@cindex integer, 4-byte
2b841ec2 7616
e406e428
NC
7617Like the @option{.2byte} directive, except that it inserts unaligned, four byte
7618long values into the output.
2b841ec2
AM
7619
7620@node 8byte
ea86f534 7621@section @code{.8byte @var{expression} [, @var{expression}]*}
2b841ec2
AM
7622@cindex @code{8byte} directive
7623@cindex eight-byte integer
7624@cindex integer, 8-byte
2b841ec2 7625
e21126b7 7626Like the @option{.2byte} directive, except that it inserts unaligned, eight
e406e428
NC
7627byte long bignum values into the output.
7628
252b5132
RH
7629@node Deprecated
7630@section Deprecated Directives
7631
7632@cindex deprecated directives
7633@cindex obsolescent directives
7634One day these directives won't work.
7635They are included for compatibility with older assemblers.
7636@table @t
7637@item .abort
7638@item .line
7639@end table
7640
3a99f02f
DJ
7641@ifset ELF
7642@node Object Attributes
7643@chapter Object Attributes
7644@cindex object attributes
7645
7646@command{@value{AS}} assembles source files written for a specific architecture
7647into object files for that architecture. But not all object files are alike.
7648Many architectures support incompatible variations. For instance, floating
7649point arguments might be passed in floating point registers if the object file
7650requires hardware floating point support---or floating point arguments might be
7651passed in integer registers if the object file supports processors with no
7652hardware floating point unit. Or, if two objects are built for different
7653generations of the same architecture, the combination may require the
7654newer generation at run-time.
7655
7656This information is useful during and after linking. At link time,
7657@command{@value{LD}} can warn about incompatible object files. After link
7658time, tools like @command{gdb} can use it to process the linked file
7659correctly.
7660
7661Compatibility information is recorded as a series of object attributes. Each
7662attribute has a @dfn{vendor}, @dfn{tag}, and @dfn{value}. The vendor is a
7663string, and indicates who sets the meaning of the tag. The tag is an integer,
7664and indicates what property the attribute describes. The value may be a string
7665or an integer, and indicates how the property affects this object. Missing
7666attributes are the same as attributes with a zero value or empty string value.
7667
7668Object attributes were developed as part of the ABI for the ARM Architecture.
7669The file format is documented in @cite{ELF for the ARM Architecture}.
7670
7671@menu
7672* GNU Object Attributes:: @sc{gnu} Object Attributes
7673* Defining New Object Attributes:: Defining New Object Attributes
7674@end menu
7675
7676@node GNU Object Attributes
7677@section @sc{gnu} Object Attributes
7678
7679The @code{.gnu_attribute} directive records an object attribute
7680with vendor @samp{gnu}.
7681
7682Except for @samp{Tag_compatibility}, which has both an integer and a string for
7683its value, @sc{gnu} attributes have a string value if the tag number is odd and
7684an integer value if the tag number is even. The second bit (@code{@var{tag} &
76852} is set for architecture-independent attributes and clear for
7686architecture-dependent ones.
7687
7688@subsection Common @sc{gnu} attributes
7689
7690These attributes are valid on all architectures.
7691
7692@table @r
7693@item Tag_compatibility (32)
7694The compatibility attribute takes an integer flag value and a vendor name. If
7695the flag value is 0, the file is compatible with other toolchains. If it is 1,
7696then the file is only compatible with the named toolchain. If it is greater
7697than 1, the file can only be processed by other toolchains under some private
7698arrangement indicated by the flag value and the vendor name.
7699@end table
7700
85f7484a
PB
7701@subsection M680x0 Attributes
7702
7703@table @r
7704@item Tag_GNU_M68K_ABI_FP (4)
7705The floating-point ABI used by this object file. The value will be:
7706
7707@itemize @bullet
7708@item
77090 for files not affected by the floating-point ABI.
7710@item
77111 for files using double-precision hardware floating-point ABI.
7712@item
77132 for files using the software floating-point ABI.
7714@end itemize
7715@end table
7716
3a99f02f
DJ
7717@subsection MIPS Attributes
7718
7719@table @r
7720@item Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP (4)
7721The floating-point ABI used by this object file. The value will be:
7722
7723@itemize @bullet
7724@item
77250 for files not affected by the floating-point ABI.
7726@item
f179c512
MF
77271 for files using the hardware floating-point ABI with a standard
7728double-precision FPU.
3a99f02f
DJ
7729@item
77302 for files using the hardware floating-point ABI with a single-precision FPU.
7731@item
77323 for files using the software floating-point ABI.
42554f6a 7733@item
f179c512
MF
77344 for files using the deprecated hardware floating-point ABI which used 64-bit
7735floating-point registers, 32-bit general-purpose registers and increased the
7736number of callee-saved floating-point registers.
7737@item
77385 for files using the hardware floating-point ABI with a double-precision FPU
7739with either 32-bit or 64-bit floating-point registers and 32-bit
7740general-purpose registers.
7741@item
77426 for files using the hardware floating-point ABI with 64-bit floating-point
7743registers and 32-bit general-purpose registers.
7744@item
77457 for files using the hardware floating-point ABI with 64-bit floating-point
7746registers, 32-bit general-purpose registers and a rule that forbids the
7747direct use of odd-numbered single-precision floating-point registers.
3a99f02f
DJ
7748@end itemize
7749@end table
7750
7751@subsection PowerPC Attributes
7752
7753@table @r
7754@item Tag_GNU_Power_ABI_FP (4)
7755The floating-point ABI used by this object file. The value will be:
7756
7757@itemize @bullet
7758@item
77590 for files not affected by the floating-point ABI.
7760@item
3c7b9897 77611 for files using double-precision hardware floating-point ABI.
3a99f02f
DJ
7762@item
77632 for files using the software floating-point ABI.
3c7b9897
AM
7764@item
77653 for files using single-precision hardware floating-point ABI.
3a99f02f
DJ
7766@end itemize
7767
7768@item Tag_GNU_Power_ABI_Vector (8)
7769The vector ABI used by this object file. The value will be:
7770
7771@itemize @bullet
7772@item
77730 for files not affected by the vector ABI.
7774@item
77751 for files using general purpose registers to pass vectors.
7776@item
77772 for files using AltiVec registers to pass vectors.
7778@item
77793 for files using SPE registers to pass vectors.
7780@end itemize
7781@end table
7782
643f7afb
AK
7783@subsection IBM z Systems Attributes
7784
7785@table @r
7786@item Tag_GNU_S390_ABI_Vector (8)
7787The vector ABI used by this object file. The value will be:
7788
7789@itemize @bullet
7790@item
77910 for files not affected by the vector ABI.
7792@item
77931 for files using software vector ABI.
7794@item
77952 for files using hardware vector ABI.
7796@end itemize
7797@end table
7798
c0ea7c52
JL
7799@subsection MSP430 Attributes
7800
7801@table @r
7802@item Tag_GNU_MSP430_Data_Region (4)
7803The data region used by this object file. The value will be:
7804
7805@itemize @bullet
7806@item
78070 for files not using the large memory model.
7808@item
78091 for files which have been compiled with the condition that all
7810data is in the lower memory region, i.e. below address 0x10000.
7811@item
78122 for files which allow data to be placed in the full 20-bit memory range.
7813@end itemize
7814@end table
7815
3a99f02f
DJ
7816@node Defining New Object Attributes
7817@section Defining New Object Attributes
7818
7819If you want to define a new @sc{gnu} object attribute, here are the places you
7820will need to modify. New attributes should be discussed on the @samp{binutils}
7821mailing list.
7822
7823@itemize @bullet
7824@item
7825This manual, which is the official register of attributes.
7826@item
7827The header for your architecture @file{include/elf}, to define the tag.
7828@item
7829The @file{bfd} support file for your architecture, to merge the attribute
7830and issue any appropriate link warnings.
7831@item
7832Test cases in @file{ld/testsuite} for merging and link warnings.
7833@item
7834@file{binutils/readelf.c} to display your attribute.
7835@item
7836GCC, if you want the compiler to mark the attribute automatically.
7837@end itemize
7838
7839@end ifset
7840
252b5132
RH
7841@ifset GENERIC
7842@node Machine Dependencies
7843@chapter Machine Dependent Features
7844
7845@cindex machine dependencies
7846The machine instruction sets are (almost by definition) different on
a4fb0134
SC
7847each machine where @command{@value{AS}} runs. Floating point representations
7848vary as well, and @command{@value{AS}} often supports a few additional
252b5132
RH
7849directives or command-line options for compatibility with other
7850assemblers on a particular platform. Finally, some versions of
a4fb0134 7851@command{@value{AS}} support special pseudo-instructions for branch
252b5132
RH
7852optimization.
7853
7854This chapter discusses most of these differences, though it does not
7855include details on any machine's instruction set. For details on that
7856subject, see the hardware manufacturer's manual.
7857
7858@menu
a06ea964
NC
7859@ifset AARCH64
7860* AArch64-Dependent:: AArch64 Dependent Features
7861@end ifset
625e1353
RH
7862@ifset ALPHA
7863* Alpha-Dependent:: Alpha Dependent Features
7864@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7865@ifset ARC
7866* ARC-Dependent:: ARC Dependent Features
7867@end ifset
7868@ifset ARM
7869* ARM-Dependent:: ARM Dependent Features
7870@end ifset
8473f7a4
DC
7871@ifset AVR
7872* AVR-Dependent:: AVR Dependent Features
7873@end ifset
3b4e1885
JZ
7874@ifset Blackfin
7875* Blackfin-Dependent:: Blackfin Dependent Features
07c1b327 7876@end ifset
f8861f5d
JM
7877@ifset BPF
7878* BPF-Dependent:: BPF Dependent Features
7879@end ifset
3d3d428f
NC
7880@ifset CR16
7881* CR16-Dependent:: CR16 Dependent Features
7882@end ifset
8bf549a8 7883@ifset CRIS
328eb32e
HPN
7884* CRIS-Dependent:: CRIS Dependent Features
7885@end ifset
b8891f8d
AJ
7886@ifset CSKY
7887* C-SKY-Dependent:: C-SKY Dependent Features
7888@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7889@ifset D10V
7890* D10V-Dependent:: D10V Dependent Features
7891@end ifset
7892@ifset D30V
7893* D30V-Dependent:: D30V Dependent Features
7894@end ifset
cfb8c092
NC
7895@ifset EPIPHANY
7896* Epiphany-Dependent:: EPIPHANY Dependent Features
7897@end ifset
252b5132 7898@ifset H8/300
c2dcd04e 7899* H8/300-Dependent:: Renesas H8/300 Dependent Features
252b5132 7900@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7901@ifset HPPA
7902* HPPA-Dependent:: HPPA Dependent Features
7903@end ifset
7904@ifset I80386
55b62671 7905* i386-Dependent:: Intel 80386 and AMD x86-64 Dependent Features
252b5132 7906@end ifset
5cb53c21
L
7907@ifset IA64
7908* IA-64-Dependent:: Intel IA-64 Dependent Features
7909@end ifset
a40cbfa3
NC
7910@ifset IP2K
7911* IP2K-Dependent:: IP2K Dependent Features
7912@end ifset
4462d7c4 7913@ifset LOONGARCH
7914* LoongArch-Dependent:: LoongArch Dependent Features
7915@end ifset
84e94c90
NC
7916@ifset LM32
7917* LM32-Dependent:: LM32 Dependent Features
7918@end ifset
49f58d10
JB
7919@ifset M32C
7920* M32C-Dependent:: M32C Dependent Features
7921@end ifset
ec694b89
NC
7922@ifset M32R
7923* M32R-Dependent:: M32R Dependent Features
7924@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7925@ifset M680X0
7926* M68K-Dependent:: M680x0 Dependent Features
7927@end ifset
60bcf0fa
NC
7928@ifset M68HC11
7929* M68HC11-Dependent:: M68HC11 and 68HC12 Dependent Features
7930@end ifset
7b4ae824 7931@ifset S12Z
905f5b3f 7932* S12Z-Dependent:: S12Z Dependent Features
7b4ae824 7933@end ifset
a3c62988
NC
7934@ifset METAG
7935* Meta-Dependent :: Meta Dependent Features
7936@end ifset
7ba29e2a
NC
7937@ifset MICROBLAZE
7938* MicroBlaze-Dependent:: MICROBLAZE Dependent Features
7939@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7940@ifset MIPS
7941* MIPS-Dependent:: MIPS Dependent Features
7942@end ifset
3c3bdf30
NC
7943@ifset MMIX
7944* MMIX-Dependent:: MMIX Dependent Features
7945@end ifset
2469cfa2
NC
7946@ifset MSP430
7947* MSP430-Dependent:: MSP430 Dependent Features
7948@end ifset
35c08157
KLC
7949@ifset NDS32
7950* NDS32-Dependent:: Andes NDS32 Dependent Features
7951@end ifset
36591ba1
SL
7952@ifset NIOSII
7953* NiosII-Dependent:: Altera Nios II Dependent Features
7954@end ifset
7c31ae13
NC
7955@ifset NS32K
7956* NS32K-Dependent:: NS32K Dependent Features
7957@end ifset
1f041c6e
SH
7958@ifset OPENRISC
7959* OpenRISC-Dependent:: OpenRISC 1000 Features
7960@end ifset
e135f41b
NC
7961@ifset PDP11
7962* PDP-11-Dependent:: PDP-11 Dependent Features
7963@end ifset
041dd5a9
ILT
7964@ifset PJ
7965* PJ-Dependent:: picoJava Dependent Features
7966@end ifset
418c1742
MG
7967@ifset PPC
7968* PPC-Dependent:: PowerPC Dependent Features
7969@end ifset
93f11b16
DD
7970@ifset PRU
7971* PRU-Dependent:: PRU Dependent Features
7972@end ifset
4f7eddc4
PD
7973@ifset RISCV
7974* RISC-V-Dependent:: RISC-V Dependent Features
7975@end ifset
b57e49f7
JW
7976@ifset RL78
7977* RL78-Dependent:: RL78 Dependent Features
7978@end ifset
046d31c2
NC
7979@ifset RX
7980* RX-Dependent:: RX Dependent Features
7981@end ifset
11c19e16
MS
7982@ifset S390
7983* S/390-Dependent:: IBM S/390 Dependent Features
7984@end ifset
c0157db4
NC
7985@ifset SCORE
7986* SCORE-Dependent:: SCORE Dependent Features
7987@end ifset
d3b47e2b
L
7988@ifset SH
7989* SH-Dependent:: Renesas / SuperH SH Dependent Features
d3b47e2b 7990@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7991@ifset SPARC
7992* Sparc-Dependent:: SPARC Dependent Features
7993@end ifset
39bec121
TW
7994@ifset TIC54X
7995* TIC54X-Dependent:: TI TMS320C54x Dependent Features
7996@end ifset
40b36596
JM
7997@ifset TIC6X
7998* TIC6X-Dependent :: TI TMS320C6x Dependent Features
7999@end ifset
aa137e4d
NC
8000@ifset TILEGX
8001* TILE-Gx-Dependent :: Tilera TILE-Gx Dependent Features
8002@end ifset
8003@ifset TILEPRO
8004* TILEPro-Dependent :: Tilera TILEPro Dependent Features
8005@end ifset
252b5132
RH
8006@ifset V850
8007* V850-Dependent:: V850 Dependent Features
8008@end ifset
b6605ddd
EB
8009@ifset VAX
8010* Vax-Dependent:: VAX Dependent Features
8011@end ifset
8012@ifset VISIUM
8013* Visium-Dependent:: Visium Dependent Features
8014@end ifset
f96bd6c2
PC
8015@ifset WASM32
8016* WebAssembly-Dependent:: WebAssembly Dependent Features
8017@end ifset
f6c1a2d5 8018@ifset XGATE
f96bd6c2 8019* XGATE-Dependent:: XGATE Dependent Features
f6c1a2d5 8020@end ifset
6753e72f
NC
8021@ifset XSTORMY16
8022* XSTORMY16-Dependent:: XStormy16 Dependent Features
8023@end ifset
e0001a05
NC
8024@ifset XTENSA
8025* Xtensa-Dependent:: Xtensa Dependent Features
8026@end ifset
3c9b82ba
NC
8027@ifset Z80
8028* Z80-Dependent:: Z80 Dependent Features
8029@end ifset
252b5132
RH
8030@ifset Z8000
8031* Z8000-Dependent:: Z8000 Dependent Features
8032@end ifset
252b5132
RH
8033@end menu
8034
8035@lowersections
8036@end ifset
8037
8038@c The following major nodes are *sections* in the GENERIC version, *chapters*
8039@c in single-cpu versions. This is mainly achieved by @lowersections. There is a
8040@c peculiarity: to preserve cross-references, there must be a node called
8041@c "Machine Dependencies". Hence the conditional nodenames in each
8042@c major node below. Node defaulting in makeinfo requires adjacency of
8043@c node and sectioning commands; hence the repetition of @chapter BLAH
8044@c in both conditional blocks.
8045
a06ea964
NC
8046@ifset AARCH64
8047@include c-aarch64.texi
8048@end ifset
8049
625e1353
RH
8050@ifset ALPHA
8051@include c-alpha.texi
8052@end ifset
8053
8054@ifset ARC
8055@include c-arc.texi
8056@end ifset
8057
252b5132
RH
8058@ifset ARM
8059@include c-arm.texi
8060@end ifset
8061
8473f7a4
DC
8062@ifset AVR
8063@include c-avr.texi
8064@end ifset
8065
3b4e1885 8066@ifset Blackfin
07c1b327
CM
8067@include c-bfin.texi
8068@end ifset
8069
f8861f5d
JM
8070@ifset BPF
8071@include c-bpf.texi
8072@end ifset
8073
3d3d428f
NC
8074@ifset CR16
8075@include c-cr16.texi
8076@end ifset
8077
328eb32e
HPN
8078@ifset CRIS
8079@include c-cris.texi
8080@end ifset
8081
b8891f8d
AJ
8082@ifset CSKY
8083@include c-csky.texi
8084@end ifset
8085
c2dcd04e 8086@ifset Renesas-all
252b5132
RH
8087@ifclear GENERIC
8088@node Machine Dependencies
8089@chapter Machine Dependent Features
8090
c2dcd04e 8091The machine instruction sets are different on each Renesas chip family,
252b5132 8092and there are also some syntax differences among the families. This
a4fb0134 8093chapter describes the specific @command{@value{AS}} features for each
252b5132
RH
8094family.
8095
8096@menu
c2dcd04e 8097* H8/300-Dependent:: Renesas H8/300 Dependent Features
c2dcd04e 8098* SH-Dependent:: Renesas SH Dependent Features
252b5132
RH
8099@end menu
8100@lowersections
8101@end ifclear
8102@end ifset
8103
8104@ifset D10V
8105@include c-d10v.texi
8106@end ifset
8107
8108@ifset D30V
8109@include c-d30v.texi
8110@end ifset
8111
cfb8c092
NC
8112@ifset EPIPHANY
8113@include c-epiphany.texi
8114@end ifset
8115
252b5132
RH
8116@ifset H8/300
8117@include c-h8300.texi
8118@end ifset
8119
252b5132
RH
8120@ifset HPPA
8121@include c-hppa.texi
8122@end ifset
8123
8124@ifset I80386
8125@include c-i386.texi
8126@end ifset
8127
9e32ca89
NC
8128@ifset IA64
8129@include c-ia64.texi
8130@end ifset
8131
a40cbfa3
NC
8132@ifset IP2K
8133@include c-ip2k.texi
8134@end ifset
8135
84e94c90
NC
8136@ifset LM32
8137@include c-lm32.texi
8138@end ifset
8139
4462d7c4 8140@ifset LOONGARCH
8141@include c-loongarch.texi
8142@end ifset
8143
49f58d10
JB
8144@ifset M32C
8145@include c-m32c.texi
8146@end ifset
8147
ec694b89
NC
8148@ifset M32R
8149@include c-m32r.texi
8150@end ifset
252b5132
RH
8151
8152@ifset M680X0
8153@include c-m68k.texi
8154@end ifset
8155
60bcf0fa
NC
8156@ifset M68HC11
8157@include c-m68hc11.texi
8158@end ifset
8159
7b4ae824
JD
8160@ifset S12Z
8161@include c-s12z.texi
8162@end ifset
8163
a3c62988
NC
8164@ifset METAG
8165@include c-metag.texi
8166@end ifset
8167
01642c12 8168@ifset MICROBLAZE
7ba29e2a
NC
8169@include c-microblaze.texi
8170@end ifset
8171
252b5132
RH
8172@ifset MIPS
8173@include c-mips.texi
8174@end ifset
8175
3c3bdf30
NC
8176@ifset MMIX
8177@include c-mmix.texi
8178@end ifset
8179
2469cfa2
NC
8180@ifset MSP430
8181@include c-msp430.texi
8182@end ifset
8183
35c08157
KLC
8184@ifset NDS32
8185@include c-nds32.texi
8186@end ifset
8187
36591ba1
SL
8188@ifset NIOSII
8189@include c-nios2.texi
8190@end ifset
8191
252b5132
RH
8192@ifset NS32K
8193@include c-ns32k.texi
8194@end ifset
8195
1f041c6e
SH
8196@ifset OPENRISC
8197@include c-or1k.texi
8198@end ifset
8199
e135f41b
NC
8200@ifset PDP11
8201@include c-pdp11.texi
8202@end ifset
8203
041dd5a9
ILT
8204@ifset PJ
8205@include c-pj.texi
8206@end ifset
8207
418c1742
MG
8208@ifset PPC
8209@include c-ppc.texi
8210@end ifset
8211
93f11b16
DD
8212@ifset PRU
8213@include c-pru.texi
8214@end ifset
8215
4f7eddc4
PD
8216@ifset RISCV
8217@include c-riscv.texi
8218@end ifset
8219
b57e49f7
JW
8220@ifset RL78
8221@include c-rl78.texi
8222@end ifset
8223
046d31c2
NC
8224@ifset RX
8225@include c-rx.texi
8226@end ifset
8227
11c19e16
MS
8228@ifset S390
8229@include c-s390.texi
8230@end ifset
8231
c0157db4
NC
8232@ifset SCORE
8233@include c-score.texi
8234@end ifset
8235
252b5132
RH
8236@ifset SH
8237@include c-sh.texi
8238@end ifset
8239
8240@ifset SPARC
8241@include c-sparc.texi
8242@end ifset
8243
39bec121
TW
8244@ifset TIC54X
8245@include c-tic54x.texi
8246@end ifset
8247
40b36596
JM
8248@ifset TIC6X
8249@include c-tic6x.texi
8250@end ifset
8251
aa137e4d
NC
8252@ifset TILEGX
8253@include c-tilegx.texi
8254@end ifset
8255
8256@ifset TILEPRO
8257@include c-tilepro.texi
8258@end ifset
8259
b6605ddd
EB
8260@ifset V850
8261@include c-v850.texi
252b5132
RH
8262@end ifset
8263
8264@ifset VAX
8265@include c-vax.texi
8266@end ifset
8267
b6605ddd
EB
8268@ifset VISIUM
8269@include c-visium.texi
252b5132
RH
8270@end ifset
8271
f96bd6c2
PC
8272@ifset WASM32
8273@include c-wasm32.texi
8274@end ifset
8275
f6c1a2d5
NC
8276@ifset XGATE
8277@include c-xgate.texi
8278@end ifset
8279
6753e72f
NC
8280@ifset XSTORMY16
8281@include c-xstormy16.texi
8282@end ifset
8283
e0001a05
NC
8284@ifset XTENSA
8285@include c-xtensa.texi
8286@end ifset
8287
b6605ddd
EB
8288@ifset Z80
8289@include c-z80.texi
8290@end ifset
8291
8292@ifset Z8000
8293@include c-z8k.texi
8294@end ifset
8295
252b5132
RH
8296@ifset GENERIC
8297@c reverse effect of @down at top of generic Machine-Dep chapter
8298@raisesections
8299@end ifset
8300
8301@node Reporting Bugs
8302@chapter Reporting Bugs
8303@cindex bugs in assembler
8304@cindex reporting bugs in assembler
8305
a4fb0134 8306Your bug reports play an essential role in making @command{@value{AS}} reliable.
252b5132
RH
8307
8308Reporting a bug may help you by bringing a solution to your problem, or it may
8309not. But in any case the principal function of a bug report is to help the
a4fb0134
SC
8310entire community by making the next version of @command{@value{AS}} work better.
8311Bug reports are your contribution to the maintenance of @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
8312
8313In order for a bug report to serve its purpose, you must include the
8314information that enables us to fix the bug.
8315
8316@menu
8317* Bug Criteria:: Have you found a bug?
8318* Bug Reporting:: How to report bugs
8319@end menu
8320
8321@node Bug Criteria
c1253627 8322@section Have You Found a Bug?
252b5132
RH
8323@cindex bug criteria
8324
8325If you are not sure whether you have found a bug, here are some guidelines:
8326
8327@itemize @bullet
8328@cindex fatal signal
8329@cindex assembler crash
8330@cindex crash of assembler
8331@item
8332If the assembler gets a fatal signal, for any input whatever, that is a
a4fb0134 8333@command{@value{AS}} bug. Reliable assemblers never crash.
252b5132
RH
8334
8335@cindex error on valid input
8336@item
a4fb0134 8337If @command{@value{AS}} produces an error message for valid input, that is a bug.
252b5132
RH
8338
8339@cindex invalid input
8340@item
a4fb0134 8341If @command{@value{AS}} does not produce an error message for invalid input, that
252b5132
RH
8342is a bug. However, you should note that your idea of ``invalid input'' might
8343be our idea of ``an extension'' or ``support for traditional practice''.
8344
8345@item
8346If you are an experienced user of assemblers, your suggestions for improvement
a4fb0134 8347of @command{@value{AS}} are welcome in any case.
252b5132
RH
8348@end itemize
8349
8350@node Bug Reporting
c1253627 8351@section How to Report Bugs
252b5132
RH
8352@cindex bug reports
8353@cindex assembler bugs, reporting
8354
8355A number of companies and individuals offer support for @sc{gnu} products. If
a4fb0134 8356you obtained @command{@value{AS}} from a support organization, we recommend you
252b5132
RH
8357contact that organization first.
8358
8359You can find contact information for many support companies and
8360individuals in the file @file{etc/SERVICE} in the @sc{gnu} Emacs
8361distribution.
8362
ad22bfe8 8363@ifset BUGURL
a4fb0134 8364In any event, we also recommend that you send bug reports for @command{@value{AS}}
ad22bfe8
JM
8365to @value{BUGURL}.
8366@end ifset
252b5132
RH
8367
8368The fundamental principle of reporting bugs usefully is this:
8369@strong{report all the facts}. If you are not sure whether to state a
8370fact or leave it out, state it!
8371
8372Often people omit facts because they think they know what causes the problem
8373and assume that some details do not matter. Thus, you might assume that the
8374name of a symbol you use in an example does not matter. Well, probably it does
8375not, but one cannot be sure. Perhaps the bug is a stray memory reference which
8376happens to fetch from the location where that name is stored in memory;
8377perhaps, if the name were different, the contents of that location would fool
8378the assembler into doing the right thing despite the bug. Play it safe and
8379give a specific, complete example. That is the easiest thing for you to do,
8380and the most helpful.
8381
8382Keep in mind that the purpose of a bug report is to enable us to fix the bug if
8383it is new to us. Therefore, always write your bug reports on the assumption
8384that the bug has not been reported previously.
8385
8386Sometimes people give a few sketchy facts and ask, ``Does this ring a
c1253627
NC
8387bell?'' This cannot help us fix a bug, so it is basically useless. We
8388respond by asking for enough details to enable us to investigate.
8389You might as well expedite matters by sending them to begin with.
252b5132
RH
8390
8391To enable us to fix the bug, you should include all these things:
8392
8393@itemize @bullet
8394@item
a4fb0134 8395The version of @command{@value{AS}}. @command{@value{AS}} announces it if you start
252b5132
RH
8396it with the @samp{--version} argument.
8397
8398Without this, we will not know whether there is any point in looking for
a4fb0134 8399the bug in the current version of @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
8400
8401@item
a4fb0134 8402Any patches you may have applied to the @command{@value{AS}} source.
252b5132
RH
8403
8404@item
8405The type of machine you are using, and the operating system name and
8406version number.
8407
8408@item
a4fb0134 8409What compiler (and its version) was used to compile @command{@value{AS}}---e.g.
252b5132
RH
8410``@code{gcc-2.7}''.
8411
8412@item
8413The command arguments you gave the assembler to assemble your example and
8414observe the bug. To guarantee you will not omit something important, list them
8415all. A copy of the Makefile (or the output from make) is sufficient.
8416
8417If we were to try to guess the arguments, we would probably guess wrong
8418and then we might not encounter the bug.
8419
8420@item
8421A complete input file that will reproduce the bug. If the bug is observed when
8422the assembler is invoked via a compiler, send the assembler source, not the
8423high level language source. Most compilers will produce the assembler source
8424when run with the @samp{-S} option. If you are using @code{@value{GCC}}, use
8425the options @samp{-v --save-temps}; this will save the assembler source in a
8426file with an extension of @file{.s}, and also show you exactly how
a4fb0134 8427@command{@value{AS}} is being run.
252b5132
RH
8428
8429@item
8430A description of what behavior you observe that you believe is
8431incorrect. For example, ``It gets a fatal signal.''
8432
a4fb0134 8433Of course, if the bug is that @command{@value{AS}} gets a fatal signal, then we
252b5132
RH
8434will certainly notice it. But if the bug is incorrect output, we might not
8435notice unless it is glaringly wrong. You might as well not give us a chance to
8436make a mistake.
8437
8438Even if the problem you experience is a fatal signal, you should still say so
8439explicitly. Suppose something strange is going on, such as, your copy of
b45619c0 8440@command{@value{AS}} is out of sync, or you have encountered a bug in the C
252b5132
RH
8441library on your system. (This has happened!) Your copy might crash and ours
8442would not. If you told us to expect a crash, then when ours fails to crash, we
8443would know that the bug was not happening for us. If you had not told us to
8444expect a crash, then we would not be able to draw any conclusion from our
8445observations.
8446
8447@item
a4fb0134 8448If you wish to suggest changes to the @command{@value{AS}} source, send us context
252b5132
RH
8449diffs, as generated by @code{diff} with the @samp{-u}, @samp{-c}, or @samp{-p}
8450option. Always send diffs from the old file to the new file. If you even
a4fb0134 8451discuss something in the @command{@value{AS}} source, refer to it by context, not
252b5132
RH
8452by line number.
8453
8454The line numbers in our development sources will not match those in your
8455sources. Your line numbers would convey no useful information to us.
8456@end itemize
8457
8458Here are some things that are not necessary:
8459
8460@itemize @bullet
8461@item
8462A description of the envelope of the bug.
8463
8464Often people who encounter a bug spend a lot of time investigating
8465which changes to the input file will make the bug go away and which
8466changes will not affect it.
8467
8468This is often time consuming and not very useful, because the way we
8469will find the bug is by running a single example under the debugger
8470with breakpoints, not by pure deduction from a series of examples.
8471We recommend that you save your time for something else.
8472
8473Of course, if you can find a simpler example to report @emph{instead}
8474of the original one, that is a convenience for us. Errors in the
8475output will be easier to spot, running under the debugger will take
8476less time, and so on.
8477
8478However, simplification is not vital; if you do not want to do this,
8479report the bug anyway and send us the entire test case you used.
8480
8481@item
8482A patch for the bug.
8483
8484A patch for the bug does help us if it is a good one. But do not omit
8485the necessary information, such as the test case, on the assumption that
8486a patch is all we need. We might see problems with your patch and decide
8487to fix the problem another way, or we might not understand it at all.
8488
a4fb0134 8489Sometimes with a program as complicated as @command{@value{AS}} it is very hard to
252b5132
RH
8490construct an example that will make the program follow a certain path through
8491the code. If you do not send us the example, we will not be able to construct
8492one, so we will not be able to verify that the bug is fixed.
8493
8494And if we cannot understand what bug you are trying to fix, or why your
8495patch should be an improvement, we will not install it. A test case will
8496help us to understand.
8497
8498@item
8499A guess about what the bug is or what it depends on.
8500
8501Such guesses are usually wrong. Even we cannot guess right about such
8502things without first using the debugger to find the facts.
8503@end itemize
8504
8505@node Acknowledgements
8506@chapter Acknowledgements
8507
653cfe85 8508If you have contributed to GAS and your name isn't listed here,
252b5132 8509it is not meant as a slight. We just don't know about it. Send mail to the
01642c12 8510maintainer, and we'll correct the situation. Currently
3bfcb652
NC
8511@c (October 2012),
8512the maintainer is Nick Clifton (email address @code{nickc@@redhat.com}).
252b5132
RH
8513
8514Dean Elsner wrote the original @sc{gnu} assembler for the VAX.@footnote{Any
8515more details?}
8516
8517Jay Fenlason maintained GAS for a while, adding support for GDB-specific debug
8518information and the 68k series machines, most of the preprocessing pass, and
8519extensive changes in @file{messages.c}, @file{input-file.c}, @file{write.c}.
8520
8521K. Richard Pixley maintained GAS for a while, adding various enhancements and
8522many bug fixes, including merging support for several processors, breaking GAS
8523up to handle multiple object file format back ends (including heavy rewrite,
8524testing, an integration of the coff and b.out back ends), adding configuration
8525including heavy testing and verification of cross assemblers and file splits
8526and renaming, converted GAS to strictly ANSI C including full prototypes, added
8527support for m680[34]0 and cpu32, did considerable work on i960 including a COFF
8528port (including considerable amounts of reverse engineering), a SPARC opcode
8529file rewrite, DECstation, rs6000, and hp300hpux host ports, updated ``know''
8530assertions and made them work, much other reorganization, cleanup, and lint.
8531
8532Ken Raeburn wrote the high-level BFD interface code to replace most of the code
8533in format-specific I/O modules.
8534
8535The original VMS support was contributed by David L. Kashtan. Eric Youngdale
8536has done much work with it since.
8537
8538The Intel 80386 machine description was written by Eliot Dresselhaus.
8539
8540Minh Tran-Le at IntelliCorp contributed some AIX 386 support.
8541
8542The Motorola 88k machine description was contributed by Devon Bowen of Buffalo
8543University and Torbjorn Granlund of the Swedish Institute of Computer Science.
8544
8545Keith Knowles at the Open Software Foundation wrote the original MIPS back end
8546(@file{tc-mips.c}, @file{tc-mips.h}), and contributed Rose format support
8547(which hasn't been merged in yet). Ralph Campbell worked with the MIPS code to
8548support a.out format.
8549
7be1c489
AM
8550Support for the Zilog Z8k and Renesas H8/300 processors (tc-z8k,
8551tc-h8300), and IEEE 695 object file format (obj-ieee), was written by
252b5132
RH
8552Steve Chamberlain of Cygnus Support. Steve also modified the COFF back end to
8553use BFD for some low-level operations, for use with the H8/300 and AMD 29k
8554targets.
8555
8556John Gilmore built the AMD 29000 support, added @code{.include} support, and
8557simplified the configuration of which versions accept which directives. He
8558updated the 68k machine description so that Motorola's opcodes always produced
c1253627 8559fixed-size instructions (e.g., @code{jsr}), while synthetic instructions
252b5132
RH
8560remained shrinkable (@code{jbsr}). John fixed many bugs, including true tested
8561cross-compilation support, and one bug in relaxation that took a week and
8562required the proverbial one-bit fix.
8563
8564Ian Lance Taylor of Cygnus Support merged the Motorola and MIT syntax for the
856568k, completed support for some COFF targets (68k, i386 SVR3, and SCO Unix),
8566added support for MIPS ECOFF and ELF targets, wrote the initial RS/6000 and
8567PowerPC assembler, and made a few other minor patches.
8568
653cfe85 8569Steve Chamberlain made GAS able to generate listings.
252b5132
RH
8570
8571Hewlett-Packard contributed support for the HP9000/300.
8572
8573Jeff Law wrote GAS and BFD support for the native HPPA object format (SOM)
8574along with a fairly extensive HPPA testsuite (for both SOM and ELF object
8575formats). This work was supported by both the Center for Software Science at
8576the University of Utah and Cygnus Support.
8577
8578Support for ELF format files has been worked on by Mark Eichin of Cygnus
8579Support (original, incomplete implementation for SPARC), Pete Hoogenboom and
8580Jeff Law at the University of Utah (HPPA mainly), Michael Meissner of the Open
8581Software Foundation (i386 mainly), and Ken Raeburn of Cygnus Support (sparc,
8582and some initial 64-bit support).
8583
c1253627 8584Linas Vepstas added GAS support for the ESA/390 ``IBM 370'' architecture.
5b93d8bb 8585
252b5132
RH
8586Richard Henderson rewrote the Alpha assembler. Klaus Kaempf wrote GAS and BFD
8587support for openVMS/Alpha.
8588
39bec121
TW
8589Timothy Wall, Michael Hayes, and Greg Smart contributed to the various tic*
8590flavors.
8591
e0001a05 8592David Heine, Sterling Augustine, Bob Wilson and John Ruttenberg from Tensilica,
b45619c0 8593Inc.@: added support for Xtensa processors.
e0001a05 8594
252b5132
RH
8595Several engineers at Cygnus Support have also provided many small bug fixes and
8596configuration enhancements.
8597
84e94c90
NC
8598Jon Beniston added support for the Lattice Mico32 architecture.
8599
252b5132
RH
8600Many others have contributed large or small bugfixes and enhancements. If
8601you have contributed significant work and are not mentioned on this list, and
8602want to be, let us know. Some of the history has been lost; we are not
8603intentionally leaving anyone out.
8604
793c5807
NC
8605@node GNU Free Documentation License
8606@appendix GNU Free Documentation License
c1253627 8607@include fdl.texi
cf055d54 8608
370b66a1
CD
8609@node AS Index
8610@unnumbered AS Index
252b5132
RH
8611
8612@printindex cp
8613
252b5132
RH
8614@bye
8615@c Local Variables:
8616@c fill-column: 79
8617@c End: